Skip to main content

Full text of "Lectures on moral philosophy"

See other formats


LECTURES  ON 
MORAL  PHILOSOPHY 


JOHN  WITHERSPOON,  D.D.,  LL.D. 


IFrom  the  painting  by  Charles  Wilstm  Peale] 


EARLY  AMERICAN  PHILOSOPHERS 


LECTURES  ON 
MORAL  PHILOSOPHY 


BY 
JOHN  WITHERSPOON,  D.D.,  LL.D. 

PRESIDENT  OF  THE   COLLEGE  OP  NEW  JERSEY 

Edited  under  the  Auspices  of 
The   American  Philosophical  Association 

BY 

VARNUM  LANSING  COLLINS 


PRINCETON  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 
1912 


PREFATORY  NOTE 

As  this  book  is  the  first  of  a  proposed  series  of  reprints 
of  works  of  early  American  philosophers,  a  word  may  be 
said  as  to  the  general  plan  of  which  it  forms  a  part. 

Projected  by  the  American  Philosophical  Association, 
the  series  is  to  be  published  under  the  Association's  au- 
spices by  the  institutions  with  which  the  authors  of  the 
works  chosen  were  more  particularly  affiliated.  Thus,  this 
volume  bears  the  imprint  of  the  Princeton  University 
Press ;  and  it  is  hoped  to  issue  in  due  course,  at  Columbia 
University  President  Johnson's  "Elements  of  Philosophy", 
at  Harvard  University  the  Dudleian  "Lectures  on  Natural 
Religion",  at  Yale  University  selections  from  the  philo- 
sophical writings  of  the  elder  Jonathan  Edwards,  and 
elsewhere  other  works  of  similar  character,  representative 
of  the  deeper  currents  of  American  thinking  in  the  early 
period.  Much  of  this  thinking  is  at  least  respectable,  and 
some  of  it  significant  and  important ;  but  knowledge  and 
appreciation  of  it  seem  at  the  present  day  to  be  remark- 
ably lacking.  The  aim  then  of  this  series  is  to  develop  a 
consciousness  of  the  historical  background  of  our  native 
American  philosophy,  especially  among  those  who,  as 
teachers  and  students  of  philosophy,  are  heirs  of  the  tra- 
dition, and  therefore  should  also  be  its  keepers. 


34.1523 


INTRODUCTION 

President  Witherspoon's  memory  rests  in  the  keeping 
of  several  classes  of  readers.  Those  who  concern  them- 
selves with  our  Revolutionary  history — and  they  form 
the  largest  group — know  him  as  the  Scottish  Presbyterian 
clergyman  who  became  president  of  Princeton,  an  active 
patriot,  a  member  of  the  Continental  Congress,  and  a 
signer  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence.  Students  of 
early  American  academic  history,  on  the  other  hand,  find 
in  their  field  frequent  witness  to  his  educational  inspira- 
tion— for  example,  he  signed  the  bachelor  diplomas  of 
thirteen  college  presidents,  to  say  nothing  of  teachers 
of  lesser  prominence.  Likewise,  those  who  are  acquainted 
with  the  annals  of  American  Presbyterianism  are  aware  of 
Dr.  Witherspoon's  influence  in  framing  the  present  con- 
stitution of  that  church ;  and  finally,  he  holds  a  place  in 
the  slender  company  of  early  American  philosophers  be- 
cause it  was  during  his  regime,  and  through  his  teaching, 
that  Princeton  became  the  home  and  fountain-head  of 
Scottish  realistic  philosophy  in  America.  Behind  all  this, 
moreover,  one  catches  echoes  of  a  brave  career  on  the 
other  side  of  the  Atlantic ;  and  one  is  driven  to  wonder 
then  what  manner  of  man  this  many-sided  Scotsman  was 
who,  with  life  two-thirds  spent,  yet  could  come  to  a  new 
country  and,  within  the  swift  compass  of  a  quarter  of  a 
century,  leave  on  its  history  an  impress  .so  broad,  so  deep, 
so  unimagined.  And  it  is  this  question  that  these  prelim- 
inary pages  will  try  to  answer. 


viii  Introduction 

Sprung  from  stock  that  was  largely  ecclesiastical  John 
Witherspoon  was  destined  for  the  church  before  he  had 
learned  his  letters.  A  precocious  boy,  with  gifts  carefully 
fostered  in  the  sober  atmosphere  of  his  father's  manse,  he 
was  able  to  read  his  Bible  at  the  age  of  four,  and,  after  a 
grammar  school  preparation,  to  matriculate  at  Edinburgh 
University  in  February  1736 — a  few  days  after  his  thir- 
teenth birthday.  Here  he  spent  the  next  seven  years  of 
his  life,  receiving  his  degree  in  1739,  and  his  licensure  in 
1743.  He  had  been  occupying  his  first  charge,  that  of 
Beith  in  Ayrshire,  barely  half  a  year  when  he  proved  that 
he  was  already  one  of  those  men  whose  eager  sympathies 
and  quick  enthusiasms  will  never  let  their  lives  be  hedged 
in  by  the  mere  offices  they  happen  to  be  filling.  For,  soon 
after  the  outbreak  of  the  Rebellion  of  1745,  he  raised  a 
company  of  volunteers  and  marched  away  to  aid  in  repell- 
ing the  Young  Pretender's  invasion.  The  company  was 
disbanded  before  it  saw  any  active  service,  but  its  fledg- 
ling leader  was  not  to  be  completely  thwarted.  In  his 
veins  was  racing  an  atavistic  strain  of  fighting  blood,  the 
blood  of  ancestors  who  bore  the  wooden  "spon"  or  spear, 
whence  came  the  family  name.  And  at  the  battle  of  Fal- 
kirk accordingly,  accompanied  by  his  faithful  beadle,  he 
appeared  as  a  spectator.  But  he  lingered  too  long;  the 
beadle  had  neglected  to  divest  himself  of  his  weapons; 
and  when  the  day  was  done  the  worthy  pair,  protesting 
stoutly  but  in  vain,  found  themselves  swept  up  by  the 
Pretender's  forces  and  held  as  prisoners  of  war.  Mr. 
Witherspoon's  experiences  at  Castle  Doune,  where  he  was 
confined,  were  such  that  he  never  fully  recovered  his 
health.    His  next  appearance  at  a  scene  of  conflict  was  to 


Introduction  ix 

be  on  the  less  perilous  but  not  less  exciting  floor  of  the 
General  Assembly ;  and  there  not  as  a  spectator. 

The  Scottish  Church  at  this  period  was  in  the  midst  of 
a  struggle  between  two  parties  known  as  the  Moderate 
and  the  Popular.  Moderatism  voiced  the  new  spirit  of 
the  age,  the  new  element  of  liberalism  permeating  the 
Church.  It  was,  moreover,  as  Scottish  historians  have 
pointed  out,  an  ecclesiastical  policy  whose  chief  feature 
was  the  absolute  enforcement  of  the  aristocratic  law  of 
patronage,  whereby  in  practical  disregard  of  parishioners 
concerned,  church  livings  were  at  the  disposal  of  pktrons. 
The  Popular  party,  on  the  other  hand,  was  the  conserva- 
tive and  strictly  orthodox  party.  It  earnestly  combatted 
the  decline  of  personal  religion  and  the  relaxation  of  the 
old  standards  of  faith  and  conduct,  which  it  claimed  were 
results  of  the  rising  tide  of  liberalism;  and  it  opposed 
strenuously  the  undemocratic  features  of  the  patronage 
law.  With  this  party  Mr.  Witherspoon  identified  himself, 
and  speedily  became  its  leading  champion.  All  of  his  early 
publications  owe  their  inception  to  this  struggle,  his 
anonymous  "Ecclesiastical  Characteristics"  (1753),  a  bit- 
ing satire  on  the  Moderates,  being  the  best  known  and 
passing  through  several  editions,  although  his  "Essay  on 
Justification"  (1756),  his  "Serious  Enquiry  into  the 
Stage"  (1757),  directly  inspired  by  the  famous  "Doug- 
las" controversy,  and  a  group  of  doctrinal  sermons  print- 
ed in  1758  and  republished  in  a  three  volume  edition  in 
1764,  with  an  important  additional  "Essay  on  Regenera- 
tion", savored  more  of  his  calling  and  won  for  him  repu- 
tation as  a  dauntless  defender  of  personal  piety  and  simple 
evangelical  truth. 


X  Introduction 

Mr.  Witherspoon  remained  at  Beith  12  years  and  then 
was  called  to  the  growing  manufacturing  town  of  Paisley 
where  he  stayed  until  his  transatlantic  move,  refusing  dur- 
ing this  period  calls  to  Rotterdam  and  to  Dublin  and  not 
being  permitted  by  the  General  Assembly  to  accept  one 
from  Dundee.  His  twenty  years  of  Scottish  ministry 
were  years  of  aggressive  give  and  take,  years  of  devoted 
service  to  his  people,  years  of  intellectual  ripening;  but 
they  may  not  detain  us  here.  It  must  suffice  to  say  that 
his  rank  in  the  church  became  firmly  established  even 
though  he  was  on  the  losing  side  of  the  fight  against 
Moderatism.  St.  Andrews  conferred  on  him  the  honor- 
ary degree  of  Doctor  of  Divinity ;  his  essays  and  sermons 
were  reviewed  in  London  and  Edinburgh  as  often  as  they 
appeared ;  they  were  translated  into  Dutch ;  his  reputation 
crossed  the  Atlantic;  and  when  in  1766  the  presidency  of 
the  College  of  New  Jersey  at  Princeton  became  vacant  he 
received  a  unanimous  invitation  from  the  Trustees  of  the 
college  to  fill  the  place.  Unwillingly  declining  the  call  at 
first,  and  then  finding  it  his  duty  to  accept  when  it  was 
repeated,  he  reached  America  in  August  1768. 

It  has  been  alleged  that  Doctor  Witherspoon  left  Scot- 
land only  too  gladly,  because  of  a  lawsuit  and  the  hot 
activity  of  ecclesiastical  opponents.  But  consideration  of 
the  documents  and  of  his  own  words  and  character  makes 
it  perfectly  clear  that  he  crossed  the  ocean  in  no  sense  a 
fugitive,  but  solely  because  he  could  not  ignore  what  he 
believed  to  be  a  distinct  and  imperative  call  to  greater  use- 
fulness ;  it  was  a  vision  whose  beckoning  he  could  not  dis- 
obey. He  left  Scotland  reluctantly ;  and  American  though 
he  became,  he  never  forgot  the  land  of  his  birth,  the  land 


Introduction  xi 

where  his  early  associations  clung,  where  his  old  parish- 
ioners dwelt,  and  where  his  forefathers  and  his  parents 
and  two  of  his  little  children  were  sleeping  in  quiet  low- 
walled  churchyards. 

In  electing  this  Scotsman  the  Trustees  of  Princeton 
chose  better  than  they  knew.  The  college,  direly  in  need 
of  a  broad-minded,  strong  guide,  at  once  responded  to  the 
call  of  his  vigorous  presence.  He  was  in  his  prime;  a 
new  life  in  a  new  world  lay  before  him ;  and  he  faced  his 
untried  task  with  all  the  enthusiasm  and  energy  that  had 
marked  his  Scottish  career.  Promptly  taking  into  his 
hands  a  situation  intrinsically  difficult,  and  one  which 
church  politics  had  made  delicate,  he  revealed  a  grasp  of 
its  possibilities  unexpected  of  one  who  was  not  only  a 
stranger  in  the  country  but  who  confessedly  lacked  all  ex- 
perience in  academic  administration.  For  this  lack  he 
atoned  partly  by  remarkable  powers  of  adaptability,  but 
chiefly  by  the  sheer  force  of  a  personality  that  was  gifted 
with  rare  good  sense  and  seasoned  with  the  ever-saving 
salt  of  humor.  While  he  fully  sympathised  with  the  atti- 
tude that  chose  to  consider  Princeton  a  "school  of  pro- 
phets" wherein  young  men  were  to  be  prepared  for  the 
colonial  ministry,  he  increased  the  potentiality  of  the  insti- 
tution by  making  plain  his  further  belief  that  the  duty  ot 
any  college,  and  especially  of  this  one,  was  to  prepare  its 
students  to  fill  not  only  sacred  but  also  secular  positions  of 
colonial  leadership.  Beginning  with  the  grammar  school  in 
the  college  he  at  once  introduced  the  latest  European  meth- 
ods; and  then  by  degrees  he  broadened  and  strengthened 
the  curriculum  of  the  college  itself  in  historical,  literary, 
and  scientific  lines,  and  he  made  special  effort  to  attract 


xii  Introduction 

men  back  for  graduate  study.  The  Revolutionary  War 
paralysed  the  finances  of  the  institution  and  shattered  all 
his  plans ;  but  the  prominence  of  his  graduates  in  the  Rev- 
olutionary and  formative  periods  of  American  life,  in  the 
early  educational  history  of  the  South  and  Southwest  and 
in  the  post-Revolutionary  history  of  the  church  in  Amer- 
ica is  eloquent  testimony  to  his  energising  influence. 

And  while  he  Was  thus  infusing  new  blood  into  the  col- 
lege he  was  himself  assimilating  a  host  of  new  impres- 
sions gained  on  the  frequent  tours  he  at  once  began  to 
make  up  and  down  the  colonies  to  secure  funds  and  to 
win  pupils.  There  is  nothing  in  his  writings  to  indicate 
that  he  had  any  very  definite  opinions  on  American  politi- 
cal affairs  before  he  came  to  this  country.  But  he  did  not 
take  long  to  form  them.  He  subsequently  declared  that 
one  would  become  an  American  more  easily  by  living  in 
America  three  months  than  by  reading  about  it  three 
years.  His  own  metamorphosis  began  early  and  is  not 
difficult  to  trace  in  the  essays  and  sermons  of  his  Ameri- 
can period ;  and  he  made  no  secret  of  that  metamorphosis. 
When  the  Continental  Congress  was  called  to  meet  at 
Philadelphia  in  September  1774,  he  represented  his  coun- 
ty at  the  New  Jersey  Convention  for  the  election  of  dele- 
gates to  that  Congress;  and  when  the  Congress  met,  al- 
though not  a  member,  he  identified  himself  conspicuously 
with  the  progressive  party. 

Already  occupying  in  American  Presbyterianism  a  posi- 
tion commensurate  with  the  reputation  he  had  brought 
with  him  from  Scotland,  when  the  Synod  of  New  York 
and  Philadelphia  found  itself  compelled  in  1775  to  take 
official  notice  of  approaching  warfare,  he  was  appointed 


Introduction  xiii 

chairman  of  the  committee  that  drew  up  at  the  Synod's 
behest  the  Pastoral  Letter  to  the  congregations  within  its 
bounds,  a  document  which  came  from  his  pen  and  which 
has  remained  one  of  the  most  striking  utterances  of  the 
period. 

He  had  seen  early  the  inevitability  of  independence;'^, 
single-handed  he  had  boldly  made  the  first  public  effort  I 
to  quicken  the  pulse  of  New  Jersey  on  this  the  supreme/ 
question  of  the  hour,  and  he  had  borne  his  share  of  the  I 
labor  of  identifying  the  colony  with  the  party  advocating  ) 
independence.     Elected  a  member  of  the  Committee  of 
Correspondence  of  Somerset  County,  New  Jersey,  he  i>e- 
came  its  chairman,  and  in  the  following  year  (1776)  was 
elected  to  the  New  Jersey  Provincial  Congress,  where  he 
played  a  prominent  part  not  only  in  unseating  British  rule 
in  the  colony,  but  also  in  the  dramatic  deposition  of  Wil- 
liam Franklin,  New  Jersey's  last  royal  governor.     Small 
wonder  is  it  then  that  the  Provincial  Congress  at  this  junc- 
ture, well  aware  that  the  question  of  independence  was 
before  the  Continental  Congress  for  final  settlement,  elect- 
ed him  (June  1776)  one  of  its  five  representatives  in  the 
senior  body,  with  definite  instructions  to  vote  for  inde- 
pendence.    He  arrived  at  Philadelphia  in  time  to  witness 
the  passage  of  the  resolution  of  independence  and  of  the 
declaration  of  that  independence;  and  he  signed  the  en- 
grossed Declaration  in  the  following  August.     In  Con- 
gress he  remained  through  1782  with  but  one  break,  the 
year  1780. 

The  full  story  of  President  Witherspoon's  Congression- 
al service  has  yet  to  be  written.  His  British  birth  and 
training,  his  engaging  personality,  the  position  of  intcl- 


xiv  Introduction 

lectnal  leadership  that  the  presidency  of  the  Colleg-e  of 
New  Jersey  gave  him,  his  ecclesiastical  eminence,  the  pub- 
licity that  had  clung  to  his  name  ever  since  his  arrival  on 
American  shores,  the  tempered  earnestness  and  calm  ma- 
turity of  his  views,  all  helped  to  win  for  him  respectful 
hearing  even  if  those  views  were  sometimes  unpopular. 
How  he  was  regarded  in  general  by  his  colleagues  may  be 
estimated  by  the  fact  that  scarcely  a  month  passed  during 
the  six  years  of  his  service  without  his  being  appointed  to 
some  fresh  special  committee.  In  addition,  he  served  on 
three  important  standing  committees,  the  Committee  on 
Clothing  for  the  troops,  the  Board  of  War,  and  the  Com- 
mittee on  Secret  Correspondence.  Moreover,  in  commit- 
tee work  of  the  more  humanitarian  sort  his  breadth  of 
view  and  his  sense  of  equity  were  constantly  enlisted,  as 
for  instance  in  the  investigation  of  the  physical  condition 
of  the  troops  and  the  treatment  of  prisoners,  in  proposals 
looking  toward  a  humaner  conduct  of  the  war,  and  in  the 
adjustment  of  controversies  like  that  over  the  hospital 
service,  or  of  graver  crises  like  the  mutiny  of  1781  ;  and 
when  Congress  concerned  itself  with  less  secular  things 
his  holy  calling  usually  led  to  his  selection  as  spokesman, 
and  thus  it  was  that  many,  if  not  most,  of  the  proclama- 
tions of  Congress  for  thanksgivings,  fast-days,  and  days 
of  prayer,  were  written  by  him. 

As  soon  as  he  entered  Congress  he  declared  his  dis- 
approval of  the  expensive  system  of  supplying  the  army 
by  commission  and  he  did  not  rest  until  he  had  contrived 
to  have  a  contract  system  substituted.  He  earnestly  op- 
posed each  succeeding  emission  of  paper  money,  and  it  is 


hitrodiiction 


XV 


said  hazarded  his  popularity  by  the  streiuiousiiess  of  his 
opposition.  His  speeches  in  Congress  on  financial  mat- 
ters formed  the  basis  of  his  "Essay  on  Money"  a  volume 
prepared  and  published  (1786)  at  the  urgent  request,  so 
we  are  told,  of  the  very  group  of  men  who  had  been  his 
strongest  opponents  in  Congress,  but  who  had  lived  to  see 
the  error  of  their  ways  revealed  by  the  financial  chaos  in 
which  the  Confederation  found  itself  speedily  involved — 
a  chaos  which  he  had  predicted  in  unmistakable  terms.  He 
criticised  the  system  of  requisition  on  the  states  to  meet 
national  necessities,  and  he  had  no  patience  with  the  in- 
efficiency of  the  method  for  collecting  the  state  quotas. 
He  was  fearless  in  his  criticism  and  was  hardly  willing  to 
wait  for  time,  the  great  justifier,  to  bring  about  the  adop- 
tion of  his  views. 

Profiting  by  past  contact  with  a  wider  world  than  that 
of  most  of  his  colleagues,  and  fresh  from  a  reading  of 
the  latest  authorities  on  histor}^  and  political  science,  read- 
ing he  had  been  compelled  to  do  in  preparation  for  his 
college  lectures,  he  had  perhaps  given  riper  and  more  re- 
cent attention  to  those  subjects  than  the  majority  of  Con- 
gressmen ;  and  in  addition  to  this  theoretical  study  he  had 
seen  service  in  practical  politics.  But  he  did  not  confine 
to  the  floor  of  Congress  his  expressions  of  seasonable  ad- 
vice. His  first  group  of  "Druid"  essays  in  the  Pennsyl- 
vania Magazine,  for  example,  were  in  reality  timely  pop- 
ularising discussions  of  very  pertinent  phases  of  what  men 
call  international  law. 

In  the  Confederation  as  constituted  he  had  but  little 
faith ;  he  deplored  the  petty  jealousies  that  would  not  per- 
mit the  states  to  give  Congress  adequate  authority ;  he  in- 


xvi  Introduction 

sisted  that  the  control  of  foreign  commerce,  for  instance, 
and  of  the  revenue  derived  therefrom  should  lie  with  Con- 
gress; he  constantly  pleaded  for  a  stronger  central  gov- 
ernment, and  happily  he  lived  to  see  his  wish  fulfilled  and 
to  vote  at  the  New  Jersey  Convention  of  1787  for  the  rat- 
ification of  the  federal  Constitution. 

But  however  critical  of  the  Confederation  President 
Witherspoon  may  have  been,  no  American  born  and  bred 
could  have  had  greater  faith  than  he  in  the  future  of  the 
country.  Here  was  no  faint  dreamer  whose  dreams,  be- 
cause of  their  faintness,  could  never  come  true.  On  the 
contrary  he  believed  simply,  and  therefore  the  more  ear- 
nestly, that  the  struggle  in  which  the  colonies  were  en- 
gaged was  being  controlled  by  the  Power  that  controls  all 
human  destinies,  that  it  was  a  struggle  on  which  was 
staked  not  alone  the  future  of  the  whole  western  world 
and  the  happiness  and  moral  welfare  of  restless  millions 
yet  to  come,  but  that  in  a  far  wider  sense  "the  cause  of 
justice,  of  liberty,  and  of  human  nature"  was  in  the  bal- 
ance. Naturally  in  British  circles  at  home  and  abroad, 
and  especially  in  Scotland,  he  was  the  subject  of  scathing 
denunciation ;  he  was  satirised  in  verse ;  he  was  burned  in 
effigy.  But  he  steadfastly  refused  to  see  any  possible  out- 
come of  the  struggle  other  than  the  one  it  eventually 
reached,  and  his  unswerving  confidence  was  a  tower  of 
strength  in  dark  hours,  and  in  days  of  success  a  spur  to 
braver  effort. 

Against  Great  Britain  he  never  harbored  any  bitter- 
ness. "You  shall  not  hear  from  me",  he  said  in  his  great 
Fast-Day  sermon  of  May  1776,  "You  shall  not  hear  from 


Introduction  xvii 

me  in  the  pulpit  what  yon  have  never  heard  from  me  in 
conversation;  I  mean  railing  at  the  King  personally,  or 
at  his  ministers  and  the  parliament  and  people  of  Great 
Britain".  At  worst  they  were  misguided  by  deluded  or 
scheming  advisers;  and  although  by  1775  he  had  never 
a  moment  of  doubt  that  separation  between  Great  Britain 
and  her  colonies  was  inevitable,  one  may  catch  here  and 
there  in  his  words  a  distinct  note  of  regret  that  it  had  to 
be,  a  sense  of  the  seeming  pity  of  it  all. 

And  he  gave  to  his  adopted  country  not  alone  his  own 
service.  Scores  of  young  men  went  out  from  Princeton 
filled  with  his  courage,  his  hopes,  his  ideals.  His  three 
sons  served  in  one  capacity  or  another  in  the  war,  and 
James,  the  eldest  and  the  most  promising,  was  killed  at 
the  battle  of  Germantown.  Surely  Doctor  Witherspoon's 
allegiance  could  not  have  been  more  absolute. 

While  in  Congress,  he  did  not  relinquish  his  direction 
of  the  college.  He  attended  every  meeting  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees  and  presided  at  every  Commencement,  and  the 
newspapers  of  the  day  contain  his  frequent  notices  of 
term  openings,  his  plain  hints  to  schoolmasters,  his  homely 
advice  to  parents  and  students ;  and  every  time  he  felt  that 
he  could  properly  be  absent  from  his  seat  he  rode  back  to 
Princeton  and  his  classes. 

War  had  laid  heavy  hands  on  the  college.  Its  chief 
building,  Nassau  Hall,  was  ruined  in  being  used  as  bar- 
racks and  hospital  by  British  and  Americans  in  turn,  and 
the  student  body  was  scattered  for  some  months  in  the 
winter  of  1776-77.  As  soon,  however,  as  the  enemy  left 
New  Jersey  the  president  set  about  repairing  the  building 
and  gathering  around  him  once  more  his  undergraduates. 


xviii  Introduction 

Teaching  went  bravely  on,  but  it  was  years  before  the  in- 
stitution recovered  from  the  material  set-back  it  had  re- 
ceived; and  however  satisfying  the  moral  gain  and  the 
prestige  it  won  during  his  administration,  its  greatest 
president  never  saw  the  realization  of  some  of  his  most 
cherished  plans. 

On  leaving  Congress  finally  in  1782  President  Wither- 
spoon  had  intended  to  spend  the  remainder  of  his  days 
at  Tusculum,  his  estate  on  the  outskirts  of  Princeton,  con- 
tinuing his  college  lectures,  preaching  in  his  regular  turn 
in  the  college  chapel  and  presiding  on  public  occasions  as 
the  official  head,  but  turning  over  to  his  son-in-law.  Pro- 
fessor Samuel  Stanhope  Smith,  the  laborious  details  of 
the  management  of  the  institution.  But  he  was  not  per- 
mitted to  return  to  private  life.  In  1780,  the  year  he  was 
out  of  Congress,  he  had  been  elected  to  the  New  Jersey 
Council  or  Senate,  and  in  1783  his  county  sent  him  to 
the  State  Assembly.  His  stay  was  short,  for  the  Trustees 
of  the  college,  in  desperate  effort  to  raise  money  for  re- 
pairs and  to  replace  the  resources  wiped  out  by  the  war, 
had  foolishly  decided  to  send  him  to  Great  Britain  to  seek 
financial  aid,  an  expedition  of  which  he  had  heartily  dis- 
approved and  whose  only  redeeming  feature  was  the  op- 
portunity it  gave  him  to  visit  once  more  the  scenes  and 
friends  of  former  days.  In  every  other  respect  the  trip 
proved  a  complete  failure. 

His  greatest  and  in  a  sense  his  only  achievement  still 
lay  before  him.  It  had  become  apparent  that  the  Presby- 
terian Church  in  America  had  outgrown  its  colonial  or- 
ganization and  to  Doctor  Witherspoon's  lot  it  now  fell 


Introduction  xix 

to  direct  the  framing  of  the  new  order.  It  took  four  years 
for  the  reconstruction  to  be  consummated  in  the  forma- 
tion of  the  first  General  Assembly ;  and  then,  as  the  most 
conspicuous  Presbyterian  in  the  country  as  well  as  the 
guiding  spirit  through  the  process  of  reorganization,  he 
was  appointed  to  preach  the  opening  sermon  at  the  meet- 
ing of  the  first  Assembly  (May  1789),  and  to  preside  as 
the  first  moderator.  This  unquestionably  must  be  consid- 
ered the  climax  of  his  career.  For  he  had  been  too  busy 
with  life  to  create  any  visible  monument  for  future  fame ; 
rather  was  his  monument  to  be  sought  in  the  characters 
of  his  younger  contemporaries.  He  was  growing  old ;  he 
had  lived  his  life  as  it  came,  generously,  eagerly,  com- 
pletely, a  teacher  and  a  maker  of  men — to  the  youthful 
generation  an  inspiration,  to  the  older  a  wise  counsellor. 
But  he  himself  had  written  no  great  book,  had  dictated 
no  imperishable  state  document,  had  founded  no  philoso- 
phical system;  he  was  scarcely  a  great  scholar;  even  his 
political  service  had  been  only  incidental  service,  given 
because  it  seemed  to  be  the  immediate  duty  of  the  day. 
But  through  all  his  life's  complexity  he  had  never  forgot- 
ten, nor  even  slighted,  his  permanent  duty  to  the  church ; 
and  had  there  been  any  pride  of  self  in  his  heart  he 
would  have  felt  it  on  that  May  morning  of  his  reward.  It 
was  characteristic  of  the  man  to  preach  on  such  an  occa- 
sion a  sermon  whose  keynote  was  humility — the  same 
sermon  in  fact  that  he  had  used  when  he  preached  for  the 
first  time  in  his  Princeton  pulpit,  twenty-one  years  earlier. 
His  last  years  were  clouded  by  financial  embarrassment, 
by  ill  health  and  by  the  loss  of  his  sight.  There  are  pa- 
thetic glimpses  in  the  records  of  his  being  led  up  into  his 


XX  Introduction 

pulpit, — of  his  feeling  his  way  along  the  hall  at  Tuscu- 
lum.  He  died  suddenly  on  November  15,  1794,  and  he 
lies  in  the  Presidents'  Lot  at  the  Princeton  Cemetery. 

Genial  in  company,  full  of  anecdote,  rich  in  experience, 
and  modest  in  all  that  concerned  himself,  he  was  every- 
where a  welcome  guest.  As  head  of  the  College  he  was  a 
firm  but  discriminating  disciplinarian,  with  a  sense  of 
humor  and  a  generous  side  to  his  nature — generous  not 
only  in  temper  but  in  material  things — that  endeared  him 
to  his  students.  His  sincerity  was  his  greatest  quality. 
He  seems  to  have  been  lacking  in  aesthetic  appreciation ; 
art  and  poetry  and  even  the  beauty  and  mystery  of  nature 
seem  to  have  had  but  little  appeal  for  him.  The  so-called 
accomplishments  were  in  his  sight  mere  wasteful  energy, 
and  skill  of  every  kind  was  reprehensible  unless  it  served 
some  useful  end.  His  point  of  view  was  entirely  utilitar- 
ian. For  instance,  he  would  not  have  flowers  in  his  gar- 
den; he  was  interested  only  in  vegetables  and  in  raising 
stock ;  and  a  fall  of  rain,  when  needed  by  his  crops,  would 
set  him  humming  Isaac  Watts.  But  if  horticulture  was 
one  of  his  hobbies,  another  was  the  purification  of  the 
English  language  as  spoken  in  America,  and  still  another 
was  the  encouragement  of  Scottish  immigration,  and  it 
was  owing  to  the  last  that  financial  difficulty  fell  upon 
him. 

A  heavily  built  man  of  medium  height,  he  is  neverthe- 
less said  to  have  possessed  to  a  remarkable  degree  the  in- 
definable quality  we  call  presence.  His  voice  was  poor, 
and  he  was  no  orator.  Castle  Doune  had  ruined  his  ner- 
vous system  and  he  deliberately  schooled  himself  to  the 
repression  of  all  emotion  in  public  speaking.    His  reputa- 


Introduction  xxi 

tion  as  a  speaker — and  there  were  no  empty  pews  when  he 
preached — rested  entirely  on  his  simple  impressive  ear- 
nestness, the  clarity  of  his  thought,  and  his  excellent  style. 

It  has  already  been  hinted  that  President  Witherspoon 
was  not  a  creative  philosopher ;  the  leisure  that  reflection 
postulates  had  never  been  his.  Nevertheless,  to  him  be- 
longs the  distinction  of  being  the  first  college  head  in 
America  to  set  forth  in  his  classroom  lectures  a  definite 
system  of  ethics.  On  his  arrival  at  Princeton  he  found 
the  tutors  and  thinking  men  in  college  eagerly  supporting 
the  idealism  of  Berkeley,  and  upon  them  he  mercilessly 
fell  with  argument  and  ridicule  until  he  had  driven  Berk- 
leianism  out  of  Nassau  Hall.  In  its  place  he  substituted 
the  realism  of  Thomas  Reid  and  the  Scottish  common 
sense  school,  a  philosophy  not  unknown  in  Princeton  be- 
fore he  came,  but  which  for  the  next  twenty-five  years,  by 
lecture  and  conversation,  he  was  to  hammer  home  and 
so  firmly  entrench  on  the  congenial  soil  of  the  New 
World  that,  in  its  general  features  at  least,  it  became 
not  only  the  traditional  philosophy  of  the  Princeton  school, 
but  in  the  opinion  of  many  thinkers  pre-eminently  the 
philosophy  of  America.  Of  his  lectures  the  printed  rei 
mains  are  but  an  inadequate  version,  but  imi)erfect 
though  they  are,  they  indicate  his  place  in  the  historj'  of 
American  thought. 

Besides  lecturing  on  Moral  Philosophy,  which  included 
Jurisprudence  and  Politics,  President  Witherspoon 
taught  French  and  Hebrew,  heard  recitations  in  his 
favorite  classical  authors,  and  carried  on  courses  in 
Divinity,  in  History,  and  in  Eloquence,  a  general 
term     which     included     Oratory    and     Criticism.      No 


xxii  Introduction 

edition  of  his  lectures  appeared  during  his  Hfe-time  and 
he  seems  to  have  intended  that  they  should  remain  un- 
published. He  certainly  did  not  intend  them  to  be  pub- 
lished unrevised,  and  a  year  or  two  before  his  death  he 
therefore  destroyed  most  of  his  manuscripts.  His  lectures 
on  Moral  Philosophy  and  on  Eloquence  would  have  dis- 
appeared at  that  time  had  it  not  been  for  undergraduate 
transcripts.  He  had  written  a  sort  of  syllabus  of  these 
lectures  of  which  each  student  was  required  to  make  his 
own  copy.  These  copies  were  then  used  as  text-books, 
and  their  common  origin  obviously  accounts  for  the  simi- 
larity of  those  that  are  still  extant.  At  recitation  the 
President  would  amplify  the  bare  statements  of  his  sylla- 
bus. He  followed  the  same  method  in  his  other  courses, 
but  no  transcripts  have  come  down.  Of  the  lectures  on 
Moral  Philosophy  the  Library  of  Princeton  University 
owns  three  undergraduate  copies,  made  in  1772,  1782, 
and  1795  respectively.  In  explanation  of  the  last  date  it 
should  be  stated  that  the  Witherspoon  lectures  were  con- 
tinued in  use  after  their  author's  death.  A  fourth  copy 
is  owned  by  the  Presbyterian  Historical  Society. 

They  have  appeared  in  the  following  editions :  ( i )  in 
the  first  edition  of  the  "Works"  issued  by  the  Woodwards 
of  Philadelphia  in  1800;  (2)  in  the  second  edition  of  the 
"Works"  published  by  the  same  firm  in  1802;  (3)  issued 
separately  first  in  1810  by  the  Woodwards  and  called 
"Woodward's  Third  Edition";  (4)  reissued  in  1822  by 
the  Woodwards;  and  (5)  and  (6)  in  the  two  Edinburgh 
editions  of  the  "Works"  put  out  in  1804-05  and  181 5  re- 
spectively. 

The  text  here  reprinted  is  that  of  the  first  edition 


hitrodiictioii  xxiii 

(1800)  whicli  has  been  compared  with  the  1810  aiul  1822 
reprints  and  with  the  three  Princeton  transcripts.  The 
latter  are  referred  to  in  the  footnotes  as  A,  B,  and  C, 
respectively,  following  their  chronological  order.  To  have 
noted  every  difference  l:>etw^een  the  manuscripts  and  the 
printed  versions  would  have  encumbered  the  pages  of  this 
reprint  uselessly,  and  the  present  editor  has  therefore  en- 
deavored to  confine  attention  to  those  variants  only  which 
seem  significant  as  modifications  of  opinion,  or  which 
alter  or  restore  the  sense.  Most  of  the  alterations  are 
possibly  traceable  to  changes  made  by  the  lecturer  from 
time  to  time ;  the  rest  are  clearly  due  to  undergraduate 
misreadings  of  the  original  from  which  the  copies  were 
made,  and — if  one  may  say  so  without  impertinence — to 
lack  of  editorial  sagacity  on  the  part  of  Doctor  Ashbel 
Green,  who  prepared  the  "Works"  for  the  press.  There 
is  little  other  excuse  for  leaving  uncorrected  sentences 
which  obvious  corruptions  had  rendered  meaningless. 
Practically  the  only  corrections  in  later  editions  are  those 
of  the  simplest  typographical  errors. 

The  best  biographical  sketches  of  President  Wither- 
spoon  are  found  in  Sanderson's  "Biographies  of  the 
Signers",  Sprague's  "Annals  of  the  American  Pulpit", 
and  Maclean's  "History  of  the  College  of  New  Jersey". 
The  Reverend  D.  J.  Woods,  in  the  only  life  of  President 
Witherspoon  that  has  so  far  appeared,  "John  Wither- 
spoon"  (1906),  adopts  the  topical  method.  The  Diction- 
ary of  National  Biography  contains  an  unbiased  sketch, 
though  not  without  errors.  A  sympathetic  chapter  on  the 
President's  political  writings  is  in  Moses  Coit  Tyler's 
"Literarv  Historv  of  the  American  Kevohition"  ;  aufj  Pro- 


xxiv  Introduction 

fessor  I.Woodbridge  Riley,  in  his  "American  Philosophy : 
the  Early  Schools,"  has  made  a  definitive  study  of  Wither- 
spoon's  influence  in  giving  Scottish  realism  an  abiding 
home  in  America.  An  extended  biography  is  approach- 
ing completion  by  the  editor  of  the  present  reprint. 

The  President's  portrait  was  painted  by  Charles  Wilson 
Peale.  A  copy  is  in  Independence  Hall  at  Philadelphia, 
another  is  owned  by  Princeton  University,  and  two  others 
are  in  private  possession.  The  original  is  believed  to  be 
the  one  reproduced  as  the  frontispiece  of  this  volume, 
and  is  owned  by  President  Witherspoon's  great-great- 
grandson,  General  Alfred  A.  Woodhull,  of  Princeton. 
The  remains  of  Dr.  Witherspoon's  library,  and 
what  is  believed  to  be  the  most  complete  set  of  his  pub- 
lished writings,  are  in  the  Library  of  Princeton  Univer- 
sity. Inasmuch  as  this  reprint  of  the  "Moral  Philosophy" 
does  not  seem  to  be  the  place  for  a  complete  bibliography 
of  its  author's  writings,  a  chronological  check-list  only  has 
been  prepared,  and  will  be  found  on  a  subsequent  page. 

In  conclusion,  the  editor  would  acknowledge  his  in- 
debtedness to  Professor  H.  N.  Gardiner,  of  Smith  Col- 
lege, and  to  Professor  I.  Woodbridge  Riley,  of  Vassar 
College,  for  their  cordial  interest  and  helpful  suggestions 
in  the  preparation  of  this  volume,  and  to  General  Alfred 
A.  Woodhull,  of  Princeton,  for  his  courteous  permission 
to  use  as  a  frontispiece  his  copy  of  the  Peale  portrait  of 
his  distinguished  ancestor. 

Princeton,  N.  J.,  February,  iqt2.  V.  L.  C. 


CHECK  LIST  OF  THE  PUBLISHED  WRITINGS 
OF  PRESIDENT  WITHERSPOON 

1.  Disputatio  philosophica  [De  mentis  imniortalitatej. 

Edinburgh,  1739. 

2.  Answers  to  the  reasons  of  dissent  from  the  sentence 

of  the  reverend  Commission  of  the  General  As- 
sembly.    Edinburgh,  1752. 

3.  Ecclesiastical  characteristics.     Glasgow,    1753. 

2d  edition,  Glasgow,  1754;  3d  edition,  Glasgow, 
1754;  4th  edition,  Glasgow,  1755;  5th  edition, 
Edinburgh,  1763;  6th  edition,  London.  1765; 
7th  edition,  Philadelphia,  1767;  new  edition, 
Edinburgh,  1845;  [Dutch  translation]  Rotter- 
dam, n.  d.  but  probably  1763. 

4.  Essay  on  the  connexion  between  the  doctrine  of  jus- 

tification .   .  .  and  holiness  of  life.     Glasgow, 

1756. 

2d  edition,  Edinburgh,  1756;  3d  edition,  Lon- 
don, 1765;  [Dutch  translation]  Utrecht,  1764. 

5.  Reasons  of  dissent  from  a  vote  of  the  General  As- 

sembly.    [Edinburgh,  1757.] 

6.  Serious  enquiry  into  the  nature  and  effects  of  the 

stage.     Glasgow,  1757. 

Reprinted.  New  York,   1812;  also  Edinburgh, 

1876;  [Dutch  translation]  Utrecht,  1772. 

7.  Absolute  necessity  of  salvation  through  Christ.    Ed- 

inburgh, 1758. 

2d  edition  [not  found.] 

Note:  The  2d  edition  contained  ".\n  inquiry  into  the 
scripture  meaning  of  charity,"  being  the  expan- 
sion of  a  footnote  in  the  ist  edition. 


xxvi  Introduction 

8.  Prayer  for  national  prosperity  and  for  the  revival 

of  religion  inseparably  connected.  London, 
1758. 

9.  Case  of  the  Magistrates  and  Tov^n-council  of  Pais- 

ley, the  Minister  and  Session  of  the  Laigh 
Church,  and  the  Minister  of  the  High  Church 
.  .  .  [against]  the  Presbytery  of  Paisley.  [ Ed- 
inburgh (?),  1758.] 

10.  Charge  of  sedition  and  faction  against  good  men. 

Glasgow,  1758. 

Reprinted,  Belfast,  1759;  also  Boston,  181 1. 

11.  Trial  of  religious     truth    by     its    moral  influence. 

Glasgow,  1759. 

12.  Case  of  the  Town-session  of  Paisley.     Appellants 

from  a  sentence  of  the  Synod  of  Glasgow  and 
Ayr.     [Edinburgh  (?),  1 76 1.] 

13.  Seasonable   advice    to   young   persons.      Glasgow, 

1762. 

14.  A  serious  apology  for  the  Ecclesiastical  Character- 

istics.    Edinburgh,  1763. 

15.  Practical  treatise  on  regeneration.     London,   1764. 

2d  edition,  [not  found]  ;  3d  edition,  [  not 
found]  ;  4th  edition,  [not  found]  ;  5th  edition, 
London,  181 5;  [Dutch  translation]  Groningen, 
1776;  [French  translation]  Toulouse,  1850. 

16.  Essays  on  important  subjects.     London,   1765.     2 

vols. 

Note:  These  "Essays"  and  the  "Treatise  on  regenera- 
tion" of  1764  are  usually  bound  and  lettered  as 
a  three  volume  set,  of  which  vol.  3  is  the  "Re- 
generation". 


Introduction  xxvii 

17.  History  of  a  corporation  of   servants.     Glasgow, 

1765- 

18.  The  nature  and  extent  of  visible  religion.     Edin- 

burgh, 1768. 

19.  Sermons  on  practical  subjects.     Glasgow,   1768. 

Reprinted,  Edinburgh,    1804. 

20.  Practical  discourses  on  the  leading  truths  of  the 

Gospel.      Edinburgh,    1768. 
Reprinted,  Philadelphia.  1770;  2d  edition,  Lon- 
don, 1792. 

21.  Address  to  the  inhabitants  of  Jamaica  ...  in  behalf 

of  the  College  of  New  Jersey.  Philadelphia, 
1772. 

22.  Pastoral  letter  from  the  Synod  of  New  York  and 

Philadelphia  to  the  congregations  under  their 
care.     [Philadelphia(  ?),  1775.] 

23.  The  Dominion  of  Providence  over  the  passions  of 

men  ...  to  which  is  added  an  address  to  the 
natives  of  Scotland  residing  in  America.  Phila- 
delphia, 1776. 

2d  edition,  Philadelphia,  1777;  3d  edition,  Glas- 
gow, 1777;  4th  edition.  London,  1778. 

24.  Address  to  the  natives  of  Scotland  residing  in  Amer- 

ica.    London,  1778. 

Note:     A   reprint  of  the  address  added  to  the  sermon 
on  "The  Dominion  of  Providence." 

25.  The  humble  confession  of  B.  Towne.      ]  Philadel- 

phia,   1778?] 

26.  Essay  on  money  as  a  medium  of  commerce.     Phila- 

delphia. 1786. 


xxviii.  Introduction 

27.  Draught  of  a  plan  of  government  and  discipline  [for 

the  Presbyterian  Church  in  America].  Phila- 
delphia, 1786. 

28.  Book  of  discipline  and  government  of  the  Church  of 

Scotland.     [Philadelphia,  1786.] 

29.  Christian  magnanimity  .  .  .  With  an  address  to  the 

senior  class.     Princeton,  1787. 

30.  Sermons  by  James  Aluir.     [Edited  by  Dr.  Wither- 

spoon.]     Princeton,  1787. 

31.  An  address  to  the  senior  class  of  students.    Paisley, 

1788. 

Note:    A  reprint  of  the  address  in  the  sermon  on  "Chris- 
tian magnanimity." 
^2.     Sermon   on   the    religious   education    of   children. 
Elizabeth-town,  1789. 
Reprinted,  Paisley,  1790;  also  Glasgow,  1802. 

33.  The  Holy  Bible.     Trenton,  1791.     [Preface  by  Dr. 

Witherspoon.] 

2d  edition,  Trenton,  1807. 

34.  A  series  of  letters  on  education.     New  York,  1797. 

Reprinted,  Bristol,  1 798 ;  also  (  four  letters  only, 
instead  of  five)  Glasgow,  1799;  also  Southamp- 
ton, 1808;  also  (with  Letters  on  Marriage) 
Andover,  181 7;  also  (with  additions)  Salem, 
N.  Y.,  1822. 

35.  Sermons  ...  a  supplementary  volume.    Edinburgh, 

1798. 

36.  Works.     Philadelphia,  1 800-1 801.     4  vols. 

Note:  Planned  as  three  volumes,  the  fourth  was  added 
(1801)  too  late  to  make  the  proper  change  in  the 
title  pages  of  the   other  three. 

2d  edition,  Philadelphia,  1802.     4  vols. 


Introduction  xxix. 

37.  Miscellaneous  works.     Philadelphia.   1803. 

Note:     A    reprint,   with   new    title   page,   of  the    fourth 
volume  of  the  "Works". 

38.  Select  works.    London,  1804.    2  vols. 

39.  Works.     Edinburgh.   1804-1805.     9  vols. 

Reprinted,  Edinburgh,  181 5.     9  vols. 

40.  Lectures  on  moral  philosophy  and  eloquence.  Wood- 

ward's third  edition.    Philadelphia,  1810. 
Reprinted,  Philadelphia,  1822. 

41.  Essay  on  justification,  and  a  treatise  on  regeneration. 

Edinburgh.  181 5. 

[2d  edition],  Glasgow,  1823;  3d  edition,  Glas- 
gow, 1830. 


[Preface  to  the  first  editio)i.] 

IN  JUSTICE  to  the  memory  of  Dr.  ll'itherspoon,  it 
ought  to  be  stated  that  he  did  not  intend  these  lectures  for 
the  press,  and  that  he  once  compelled  a  printer  who,  witli- 
out  his  knowledge,  had  undertaken  to  publish  them,  to 
desist  from  the  design,  by  threatning  a  prosecution  as  the 
consequence  of  persisting  in  it.  The  Doctor's  lectures  on 
morals,  notwithstanding  they  assume  the  form  of  regular 
discourses,  were  in  fact,  viewed  by  himself  as  little  more 
than  a  syllabus  or  compend,  on  which  he  might  enlarge 
before  a  class  at  the  times  of  recitation;  and  not  intend- 
ing that  they  shoidd  go  further,  or  be  othenvise  consid- 
ered, he  took  freely  and  without  acknoivledgement  from 
un-ifers  of  character  such  ideas,  and  perhaps  e.x-pres.uons, 
as  he  found  suited  to  his  purpose.  But  though  these 
causes  would  not  permit  the  Dr.  himself  to  give  to  the 
public  these  sketches  of  moral  philosophy,  it  is  believed 
that  they  ought  not  to  operate  so  powerfully  on  those  into 
whose  hands  his  papers  have  fallen  since  his  death.  Many 
of  his  pupils  whose  eminence  in  literature  and  distinction 
in  society  give  weight  to  their  opinions,  have  thought 
that  these  lectures,  with  all  their  imperfections,  contain 
one  of  the  best  and  most  perspicuous  exhibitions  of  the 
radical  principles  of  the  science  on  ivhich  they  treat  that 
has  ever  been  made,  and  they  have  very  importunately 
demanded  their  publication  in  this  edition  of  his  works: 
Nor  is  it  conceived  that  a  compliance  with  this  demand, 
after  the  explayuition  here  given  can  do  any  injury  to  the 


Dr's.  reputation.  And  to  the  writer  of  this  note  it  does 
not  seem  a  sufficient  reason  that  a  very  valuable  work 
should  be  consigned  to  oblivion,  because  it  is  in  some 
measure  incomplete,  or  because  it  is  partly  a  selection 
from  authors  to  whom  a  distinct  reference  cannot  now  be 
made. 


LECTURES  ON 
MORAL  PHILOSOPHY 


Moral  Philosophy  is  that  branch  of  Science  which 
treats  of  the  principles  and  laws  of  Duty  or  Morals.  It 
is  called  Philosophy,  Ijecause  it  is  an  inquiry  into  the  na- 
ture and  grounds  oi  moral  oblioation  by  reason,  as  dis- 
tinct from  revelation.' 

Hence  arises  a  question,  is  it  lawful,  and  is  it  safe  or 
useful  to  separate  moral  philosophy  from  religion?  It 
will  be  said,  it  is  either  the  .same  or  different  from 
revealed  truth;  if  the  same,  unnecessary — if  different, 
false  and  dangerous. 

An  author  of  New  England,-  says,  moral  philosophy  is 
just  reducing  infidelity  to  a  system.  But  however  specious 
the  objections,  they  will  be  found  at  bottom  not  solid.^ — 
If  the  Scripture  is  true,  the  rliscoveries  of  reason  cannot 
be  contrary  to  it;'  and  therefore,  it  has  nothing  to  fear 

^  MS.  A :  Moral  Philosophy  is  that  Branch  of  Science  treating  of 
the  Principles.  Laws,  &  Duties  of  Man.  It  is  so  called  because  it 
treats  of  the  Grounds  of  obligation  by  Nature,  as  distinct  from 
Revelation. 

"MS.  C  adds  footnote:  President  Edzvards.  See  his  dissertation 
on  Virtue.  The  reference  presumably  is  to  "The  nature  of  true  vir- 
tue," the  second  of  the  elder  Edwards'  "Two  dissertations",  i)ublish 
ed  in  one  volume  at  Boston  in  1765. 

'  MS.  A  omits  this  sentence.  *  MS.  A  omits  from  this  point  to  / 
do  not  know  in  the  next  paragraph,  and  instead  reads :  //  the 
Scripture  be  true,  no  discovery  of  Reason  can  be  contrary,  &  Rea 
son   serves    to    illustrate    .-    con  firm    it:    But   us    infidels   endeaviur 


''i''''  Moral  Philosophy 

from  that  quarter.  And  as  we  are  certain  it  can  do  no  evil, 
so  there  is  a  probability  that  it  may  do  much  good.  There 
may  be  an  illustration  and  confirmation  of  the  inspired 
writings,  from  reason  and  observation,  which  will  greatly 
add  to  their  beauty  and  force. 

The  noble  and  eminent  improvements  in  natural  phil- 
osophy, which  have  been  made  since  the  end  of  the  last 
century,  have  been  far  from  hurting  the  interest  of  reli- 
gion; on  the  contrary,  they  have  greatly  promoted  it. 
Why  should  it  not  be  the  same  with  moral  philosophy, 
which  is  indeed  nothing  else  but  the  knowledge  of  human 
nature?  It  is  true,  that  infidels  do  commonly  proceed 
upon  pretended  principles  of  reason.  But  as  it  is  impossi- 
ble to  hinder  them  from  reasoning  on  this  subject,  the 
best  way  is  to  meet  them  upon  their  own  ground,  and  to 
show  from  reason  itself,  the  fallacy  of  their  principles.  I 
do  not  know  any  thing  that  serves  more  for  the  support  of 
religion  than  to  see  from  the  diflferent  and  opposite  sys- 
tems of  philosophers,  that  there  is  nothing  certain  in 
their  schemes,  but  what  is  coincident^  with  the  word  of 
God. 

Some  there  are,  and  perhaps  more  in  the  present  than 
any  former  age,  who  deny  the  law  of  nature,  and  say,  that 
all  such  sentiments  as  have  been  usually  ascribed  to  the 
law  of  nature,  are  from  revelation  and  tradition. 

{after  their  manner  of  reasoning)  to  overturn  Revelation,  the  best 
way  would  he  to  meet  them  on  their  own  ground  &  hy  Reason  to 
demonstrate,  there  is  nothing  stable  in  their  Arguments,  &  that 
their  principles  are  altogether  fallacious.  MSS.  B  and  C  omit  It 
is  true  that  infidels  in  the  next  paragraph,  and  instead  read :  and  yet 
may  be  an  illustration  and  confirmation  of  it. 
*MS.   C   consistent. 


Moral  Philosophy  3 

We  must  distinguish  here  between  the  hglit  of  nature 
and  the  law  of  nature:  by  the  first  is  to  be  understood 
what  we  can  or  do  discover  by  our  own  ixDwers,  without 
revelation  or  tradition :  by  the  second,  that  which,  when 
discovered,  can  be  made  appear  to  be  agreeable  to  reason 
and  nature. 

There  have  been  some  very  shrewd  and  able  writers 
of  late,  viz.  Dr.  Willson,  of  New  Castle,  and  Mr.  Ric- 
calton  of  Scotland,  who  have  written  against  the  light  of 
nature,  shewing  that  the  first  principles  of  knowledge 
are  taken  from  information.  That  nothing  can  be  sup- 
posed more  rude  and  ignorant,  than  man  without  instruc- 
tion. That  when  men  have  been  brought  up  so,  they 
have  scarcely  been  superior  to  brutes.  It  is  very  difficult 
to  be  precise  upon  this  subject,  and  to  distinguish  the  dis- 
coveries of  reason  from  the  exercise  of  it.  Yet  I  think, 
admitting  all,  or  the  greatest  part,  of  what  such  contend 
for,  we  may,  notwithstanding,  consider  how  far  any  thing 
is  consonant  to  reason,  or  may  be  proven  by  reason ; 
though  perhaps  reason,  if  left  to  itself,  would  never  have 
discovered  it. 

Dr.  Clark  was  one  of  the  greatest  champions  for  the 
law  of  nature;^  but  it  is  only  since  his  time  that  the 
shrewd^  opposers  of  it  have  appeared.  The  llutchinson- 
ians  (so  called  from  Hutchinson  of  England)  insist  that 
not  only  all  moral,  but  also  all  natural  knowledge  comes 
from  revelation,  the  true  system  of  the  world,  true  chron- 
ology, all  human  arts,  &c.  In  this,  as  is  usual  with  most 

•MS.   B   light     of  nature.     'MS.  A  shrewdest.   MSS.    B   and   C 
greatest. 


4  Moral  Philosophy 

other  classes  of  men,  they  carry  their  nostrum  to  extrav- 
agance. I  am  of  opinion  that  the  whole  Scripture 
is  perfectly  agreeable  to  sound  philosophy;  yet  certainly 
it  was  never  intended  to  teach  us  every  thing.  The  poli- 
tical law  of  the  Jews  contains  many  noble  principles  of 
equity,  and  excellent  examples  to  future  lawgivers;  yet 
it  was  so  local  and  peculiar,  that  certainly  it  was  never 
intended  to  be  immutable  and  universal. 

It  would  be  more  just  and  useful  to  say  that  all  simple 
and  original  discoveries  have  been  the  production  of  Pro- 
vidence, and  not  the  invention  of  man.  On  the  whole, 
it  seems  reasonable  to  make  moral  philosophy,  in  the  sense 
above  explained,  a  subject  of  study.  And  indeed  let 
men  think  what  they  will  of  it,  they  ought  to  acquaint 
themselves  with  it.  They  must  know  what  it  is,  if  they 
mean  ever  to  show  that  it  is  false. 

The  Division  of  the  Subject. 

Moral  philosophy  is  divided  into  two  great  branches, 
Ethics  and  Politics,  to  this  some  add  Jurisprudence, 
though  this  may  be  considered  as  a  part  of  politics. 

Ethics  relate  to  personal  duties,  Politics  to  the  consti- 
tution, government,  and  rights  of  societies,  and  jurispru- 
dence, to  the  administration  of  justice  in  constituted  states. 

It  seems  a  point  agreed  upon,  that  the  principles  of 
duty  and  obligation  must  be  drawn  from  the  nature  of 
man.  That  is  to  say,  if  we  can  discover  how  his  Maker 
formed  him,  or  for  what  he  intended  him,  that  certainly 
is  what  it  ought  to  be.* 

'MS.  A  adds  Dr.  Clarke;  Piiffendorf  de  Officiis  hominum,  &  Civ- 
ium;  Cicero  de  Officiis;  Hutchinson;  Shaftesbur^s  Characteristics; 


Moral  J^hilosophy  5 

The  knowledge  of  human  nature,  however,  is  either 
perplexed  and  difficult  of  itself,  or  hath  been  made  so,  by 
the  manner  in  which  writers  in  all  ages  have  treated  it. 
Perhaps  this  circumstance  itself,  is  a  strong  presump- 
tion^ of  the  truth  of  the  Scripture  doctrine  of  the  depravi- 
ty and  corruption  of  our  nature.  Supposing  this  depravity, 
it  must  be  one  great  cause  of  difficulty  and  confusion  in 
giving  an  account  of  human  nature  as  the  work  of  God. 

This  I  take  to  be  indeed  the  case  with  the  greatest  part 
of  our  moral  and  theological  knowledge.'" 

Those  who  deny  this  depravity,  will  be  apt  to  plead  for 
every-  thing,  or  for  many  things  as  dictates  of  nature, 
which  are  in  reality  propensities  of  nature  in  its  present 
state,  but  at  the  same  time  the  fruit  and  evidence  of  its 
departure  from  its  original  purity.  Tt  is  by  the  remaining 
power  of  natural  con.science  that  wc  must  endeavor  to  de- 
tect and  oppose  these  errors. 

(i)  We  may  consider  man  very  generally  in  his  species 
as  distinct  from  and  superior  to  the  other  creatures,  and 
what  it  is,  in  which  the  difference  truly  consists.  (2)  .\s  an 
individual,  what  are  the  parts  which  constitute  his  na- 
ture.^ ^ 

I.  Philosophers  have  generally  attempted  to  assign  the 
precise  distinction  between  men  and  the  other  rinimals  ;  but 

Mandavcl's  Fable  of  the  B£es;  Walloson's  Religion  of  Nature  de- 
lineated: and  Kaime's  Essay  of  the  Principles  of  Morality,  are  the 
Authors  to  be  consulted  in  these  lectures.  The  list  is  rcpi-atrd  in 
the  "Recapitulation"  at  the  end  of  the  course. 

•MSS.  A  and  B  strong  proof:  MS.  C  sufficient  pruoj 

"The   MSS.  omit  the  sentence. 

"The  MSS.  omit  the  passa-Ji'  ,nul  u-hnt  if  is  .  constitute  his 
nature. 


6  Moral  Philosophy 

when  endeavoring  to  bring  it  to  one  peculiar  incommu- 
nicable characteristic,  they  have  generally  contradicted 
one  another  and  sometimes  disputed  with  violence  and 
rendered  the  thing  more  uncertain. 

The  difficulty  of  fixing  upon  a  precise  criterion  only 
serves  to  show  that  in  man  we  have  an  example  of  what 
we  see  also  every  where  else,  viz.  a  beautiful  and  insen- 
sible gradation  from  one  thing  to  another,  so  that  the 
highest  of  the  inferior  is,  as  it  were,  connected  and  blend- 
ed with  the  lowest  of  the  superior  class.  Birds  and  beasts 
are  connected  by  some  species  so  that  you  will  find  it  hard 
to  say  whether  they  belong  to  the  one  or  the  other — So  in- 
deed it  is  in  the  whole  vegetable  as  well  as  animal  king- 
dom.^^  (i)  Some  say  men  are  distinguished  from  brutes 
by  reason,  and  certainly  this,  either  in  kind  or  degree,  is 
the  most  honorable  of  our  distinctions.  (2)  Others  say 
that  many  brutes  give  strong  signs  of  reason,  as  dogs, 
horses  and  elephants.  But  that  man  is  distinguished  by 
memory  and  foresight :  but  I  apprehend  that  these  are  up- 
on the  same  footing  with  reason,  if  there  are  some  glim- 
merings of  reason  in  the  brute  creation,  there  are  also 
manifest  proofs  of  memory  and  some  of  foresight.  (3) 
Some  have  thought  it  proper  to  distinguish  man  from  the 
inferior  creatures  by  the  use  of  speech,  no  other  creatures 
having  an  articulate  language.  Here  again  we  are  obliged 
to  acknowledge  that  our  distinction  is  chiefly  the  excel- 
lence and  fullness  of  articulate  discourse ;  for  brutes  have 
certainly  the  art  of  making  one  another  understand  many 
things  by  sound.     (4)   Some  have  said  that  man  is  not 

"The  preceding  portion  of  this  paragraph  is  not  in  the  MSS. 


Moral  Pliilosoffltx  7 

compleatly  distinguished  by  any  oi  these,  but  by  a  sense  of 
rehgion.  And  I  think  it  must  be  admitted  that  of  piety  or  a 
sense  of  a  Supreme  Being,  there  is  not  any  trace  to  be  seen 
in  the  inferior  creatures.  The  stories  handed  about  by 
weak-minded  persons,  or  retailed  by  creckilous  authors,  of 
respect  in  them  to  churches,  or  sacred  persons,  are  to  be 
disdained  as  wholly  fabulous  and  visionary.  (5)  There 
have  been  some  who  have  said  that  man  is  distinguished 
from  the  brutes  by  a  sense  of  ridicule. 

The  whole  creation  (says  a  certain  author)'-*  is  grave 
except  man,  no  one  laughs  but  himself.  There  is  some- 
thing whimsical  in  fixing  upon  this  as  the  criterion,  and  it 
does  not  seem  to  set  us  in  a  very  resjjectable  light.  Perhaps 
it  is  not  improper  to  smile  upon  the  occasion,  and  to  say. 
that  if  this  sentiment  is  embraced,  we  shall  be  obliged  to 
confess  kindred  with  the  apes,  who  are  certainly  them- 
selves possessed  of  a  risible  faculty,  as  well  as  qualified  to 
excite  laughter  in  us.  On  the  whole  there  seems  no  necessi- 
ty of  fixing  upon  some  one  critericjn  to  tiie  exclusion  of 
others. 

There  is  a  great  and  apparent  distinction  between  man 
and  the  inferior  animals,  not  only  in  the  beauty  of  his 
form,  which  the  poet  takes  notice  of.  Os  homini  sublime 
dedit.  &c.'^  but  also  in  reason,  memory,  refiection,  and 
the  knowledge  of  God  and  a  future  state. 

A  general  distinction,  which  deserves  particularly  to  be 
taken  notice  of  in  moral  disquisitions,  is.  that  man  is  evi- 
dently made  to  be  guided,  and  pnjtccted   from  dangers. 

"MS.  C  adds  footnote  Shaftesbury.  "MS.  C  adds  footnote  Ovid 
and  makes  an  attempt  to  complete  the  quotation  (Metamorphoses  I. 
85-86). 


8  Moral  Philosophy 

and  supplied  with  what  is  useful  more  by  reason,  and 
brutes  more  by  instinct. 

It  is  not  ver^'  easy  and  perhaps  not  necessary  to  explain 
instinct.  It  is  something  previous  to  reason  and  choice. 
When  we  say  the  birds  build  their  nests  by  instinct,  and 
man  builds  his  habitation  by  reflection,  experience  or 
instruction,  we  understand  the  thing  well  enough,  but  if 
we  attempt  to  give  a  logical  definition  of  either  the  one  or 
the  other,  it  will  immediately  be  assaulted  by  a  thousand 
arguments. 

Though  man  is  evidently  governed  by  something  else 
than  instinct,  he  also  has  several  instinctive  propensities, 
some  of  them  independent  of,  and  some  of  them  inter- 
mixed with  his  moral  dispositions.  Of  the  first  kind  are 
hunger,  thirst,  and  some  others;  of  the  last  is  xhea-Topyrf 
or  parental  tenderness  towards  offspring. 

On  instinct  we  shall  only  say  farther,  that  it  leads  more 
immediately  to  the  appointment  of  the  Creator,  and 
whether  in  man,  or  in  other  creatures,  operates  more  early 
and  more  uniformlv  than  reason. 


LECTURE    II. 

Considering  man  as  an  individual,  we  discover  the 
most  obvious  and  remarkable  circumstances  of  his  na- 
ture, that  he  is  a  compound  of  body  and  spirit.  I  take  this 
for  granted  here,  because  we  are  only  explaining  the  na- 
ture of  man.  When  we  come  to  his  sentiments  and  prin- 
ciples of  action,  it  will  be  more  proper,  to  take  notice  of 


MoraJ  I'lnl(isof>li\  g 

the  spirituality  and  immortality  of  tlie  soul,  and  how  they 
are  proved. 

The  body  and  spirit  have  a  great  reciprocal  influence 
one  upon  another.  The  body  on  the  temper  and  disposi- 
tion of  the  soul,  and  the  soul  on  the  state  anrl  habit  of  the 
body.  The  body  is  properly  the  minister  of  the  soul,  the 
means  of  conveying  perceptions  to  it.  but  nothing  with- 
out it. 

It  is  needless  to  enlarge  upon  the  structure  of  the  body ; 
this  is  sufficiently  known  to  all,  except  we  descend  to  ana- 
tomical exactness,  and  then  like  all  the  other  parts  of  na- 
ture it  shows  the  infinite  wisdom  of  the  Creator.  With  re- 
gard to  morals,  the  influence  of  the  body  in  a  certain 
view  may  be  very  great  in  enslaving  men  to  appetite, 
and  yet  there  does  not  seem  any  such  connection  with 
morals  as  to  require  a  particular  description.  I  think' 
there  is  little  reason  to  doubt  that  there  are  great  and  es- 
sential differences  between  man  and  man,  as  to  the  spirit 
and  its  proper  powers;  but  it  seems  plain  that  such  are  the 
laws  of  union  between  the  body  and  spirit,  that  many  fac- 
ulties are  weakened  and  some  rendered  altogether  incapa- 
ble of  exercise,  merely  by  an  alteration  of  the  state  of  the 
body.  Memory  is  frequently  lost  and  judgment  weakened 
by  old  age  and  disease.  Sometimes  by  a  confusion  of  the 
brain  in  a  fall  the  judgment  is  wholly  disordered.  The  in- 
stinctive appetites  of  hunger,  and  thirst,  seem  to  reside  di- 
rectly in  the  body.-  and  the  soul  to  have  little  more  than  a 
a  passive  perception.  Some  passions,  particularly  fear  and 
rage,  seem  also  to  have  their  seat  in  the  body,  immediately 

'The  MSS.  omit  /  think   ....   zJtolly  disordered 
'  MS.  P.  omits  to  producing). 


lO  Moral  Philosophy 

producing  a  certain  modification  of  the  blood  and  spirits.^ 
This  indeed  is  perhaps  the  case  in  some  degree  with  all 
passions  whenever  they  are  indulged,  they  give  a  modi- 
fication to  the  blood  and  spirits,  which  make  them  easily 
rekindled,  but  there  are  none  which  do  so  instantaneously 
arise  from  the  body,  and  prevent  deliberation,  will  and 
choice,  as  these  now  named.  To  consider  the  evil  pas- 
sions to  which  we  are  liable,  we  may  say  those  that  de- 
pend most  upon  the  body,  are  fear,  anger,  voluptuousness, 
and  those  that  depend  least  upon  it,  are  ambition,  envy, 
covetousness. 

The  faculties  of  the  mind  are  commonly  divided  into 
these  three  kinds,  the  understanding,  the  will,  and  the 
affections;  though  perhaps  it  is  proper  to  observe,  that 
these  are  not  three  c|ualities  wholly  distinct,  as  if  they  were 
three  different  beings,  but  different  ways  of  exerting  the 
same  simple  principle.  It  is  the  soul  or  mind  that  un- 
derstands, wills,  or  is  affected  with  pleasure  and  pain.  The 
understanding  seems  to  have  truth  for  its  object,  the  dis- 
covering things  as  they  really  are  in  themselves,  and  in 
their  relations  one  to  another.  It  has  been  disputed 
whether  good  be  in  any  degree  the  object  of  the  under- 
standing. On  the  one  hand  it  seems  as  if  truth  and  that 
only  belonged  to  the  understanding ;  because  we  can  easily 
suppose  persons  of  equal  intellectual  powers  and  opposite 
moral  characters.  Nay,  we  can  suppose  malignity  joined 
to  a  high  degree  of  understanding  and  virtue  or  true  good- 
ness to  a  much  lower.  On  the  other  hand,  the  choice 
made  by  the  will  seems  to  have  the  judgment  or  deliber- 
ation of  the  understanding  as  its  very  foundation.     How 

*The  MSS.  omit  the  rest  of  the  paragraph. 


Moral  Philosophy  i  i 

can  this  be,  it  will  he  said  if  the  understanding  lias  notliing 
to  do  with  good  or  evil.  A  considerable  opposition  of 
sentiments  among  philosophers,  has  arisen  from  this  ques- 
tion. Dr.  Clark,  and  some  others  make  understanding 
or  reason  the  immediate  principle  of  virtue.  Shaftsbury, 
Hutchinson,^  and  others,  make  affection  the  principle  of  it. 
Perhaps  neither  the  one  nor  the  other  is  wholly  right. 
Probably  both  are  necessar}-. 

The  connection  between  truth  and  goodness,  between 
the  understanding  and  the  heart,  is  a  subject  of  great  mo- 
ment, but  also  of  great  difficulty.  I  think  we  may  say  with 
certainty  that  infinite  perfection,  intellectual  and  moral, 
are  united  and  inseparable  in  the  Supreme  Being.  There 
is  not  however  in  inferior  natures  an  exact  proportion  be- 
tween the  one  and  the  other;  yet  I  apprehend  that  truth 
naturally  and  necessarily  promotes  goodness,  and  false- 
hood the  contrary ;  but  as  the  influence  is  reciprocal,  ma- 
lignity of  disposition,  even  with  the  greatest  natural  pow- 
ers, blinds  the  understanding,  and  prevents  the  perception 
of  truth  itself.-' 

Of  the  will  it  is  usual  to  enumerate  four  acts;  desire, 
aversion,  joy  and  sorrow.  The  two  last.  Hutchinson" 
says  are  superfluous,  in  which  he  seems  to  be  right. 
All  the  acts  of  the  will  may  be  reduced  to  the  two 
great  heads  of  desire  and  aversion,  or  in  other  words, 
chusing  and  refusing. 

The  affections  are  called  also  passions  because  often 
excited   by  external  objects.      In   as   far  as  they  differ 


*MS.  B  rearls  correctly  Hutcheson.    'The  paragraph  i.<;  not  in  the 
MSS.     '  Hutcheson. 


12  Moral  Philosophy 

from  a  calm  deliberate  decision  of  the  judgment,  or  de- 
termination of  the  will,  they  may  be  called  strong  pro- 
pensities, implanted  in  our  nature,  which  of  themselves 
contribute  not  a  little  to  bias  the  judgment,  or  incline 
the  will. 

The  affections  cannot  be  better  understood  than  by 
observing  the  difference  between  a  calm  dehberate  gen- 
eral inclination,  whether  of  the  selfish  or  benevolent 
kind,  and  particular  violent  inclinations.  Every  man 
deliberately  wishes  his  own  happiness,  but  this  differs 
considerably  from  a  passionate  attachment  to  particular 
gratifications,  as  a  love  of  riches,  honors,  pleasures. 
A  good  man  will  have  a  deliberate  fixed  desire  of  the 
welfare  of  mankind;  but  this  differs  from  the  love  of 
children,  relations,  friends,  country. 

The  passions  are  very  numerous  and  may  be  greatly 
diversified,  because  every  thing,  however  modified,  that 
is  the  object  of  desire  or  aversion,  may  grow  by  accident 
or  indulgence,  to  such  a  size  as  to  be  called,  and  deserved 
to  be  called,  a  passion.  Accordingly  we  express  our- 
selves thus  in  the  English  language.  A  passion  for 
horses,  dogs,  play. 

However  all  the  passions  may  be  ranged  under  the 
two  great  heads  of  love  and  hatred.  To  the  first  belong 
esteem,  admiration,  good-will,  and  every  species  of  ap- 
probation, delight,  and  desire;  to  the  other,  all  kinds  of 
aversion,  and  ways  of  expressing  it,  envy,  malice,  rage, 
revenge,  to  whatever  objects  they  may  be  directed. 

Hope  and  fear,  joy  and  sorrow,  though  frequently 
ranked  among  the  passions,  seem  rather  to  be  states  or 
modifications  of  the  mind,  attending  the  exercise  of  every 


Moral  Philosophy  i  ^ 

passion,  according  as  its  object  is  probable"  or  inipntbaljlc 
possest  or  lost. 

Jealousy  seems  to  be  a  passion  of  a  middle  nature,  which 
it  is  not  easy  to  say  whether  it  should  be  ranked  under  the 
head  of  love  or  hatred.  It  is  often  said  of  jealousy  be- 
tween the  sexes,  that  it  springs  from  love;  yet,  it  seem;- 
plainly  impossible,  that  it  can  have  place  without  forming 
an  ill  opinion  of  its  object,  at  least  in  some  degree.  The 
same  thing  may  be  said  of  jealousy  and  suspicion  in 
friendship. 

The  passions  may  be  ranged  in  two  classes  in  a  different 
way.  viz.  as  they  are  selfish  or  benevolent,  public  or  pri- 
vate. There  will  be  great  occasion  to  consider  this  dis- 
tinction afterwards,  in  explaining  the  nature  of  virtue, 
and  the  motives  that  lead  to  it.  What  is  observed  now. 
is  only  to  illustrate  our  nature  as  it  really**  is.  There  is  a 
great  and  real  distinction  between  passions,  selfish  and  be- 
nevolent. The  first  point  directly,  and  immediately  at 
our  own  interest  in  the  gratification ;  the  others  point  im- 
mediately at  the  happiness  of  others.  Of  the  first  kind, 
is  the  love  of  fame,  power,  property,  pleasure.  And  of 
the  second,  is  family  and  domestic  affection,  friendshi|) 
and  patriotism.  It  is  to  no  purpose  to  say,  that  ultimately, 
it  is  to  please  ourselves,  or  becau.se  we  feel  a  satisfaction 
in  seeking  the  good  of  others ;  for  it  is  certain,  that  the  di- 
rect object  in  view  in  many  cases,  is  to  promote  the  happi- 
ness of  others ;  and  for  this  many  have  been  willing  to  sac- 
rifice every  thing,  even  life  itself. 

After  this  brief  survey  of  human  nature,  in  one  light, 
or  in  one  point  of  view,  which  may  be  called  its  capacity. 

'MSS.   A   and  V,  impossible.    '  M.S.S.  A  :iiui  H  usually. 


14  Moral  Philosophy 

it  will  be  necessary  to  return  back,  and  take  a  survey  of 
the  way,  in  which  we  become  acquainted  with  the  objects 
about  which  we  are  to  be  conversant,  or  upon  which  the 
above  faculties  are  to  be  exercised. 

On  this  it  is  proper  to  observe  in  general,  that  there  are 
but  two  ways  in  which  we  come  to  the  knowledge  of 
things,  viz.  ist,  Sensation,  2nd,  Reflection. 

The  first  of  these  must  be  divided  again  into  two  parts, 
external  and  internal. 

External  arises  from  the  immediate  impression  of  ob- 
jects from  without.  The  external  senses  in  number  are 
five;  seeing,  hearing,  feeling,  tasting  and  smelling. 

In  these  are  observable  the  impression  itself,  or  the 
sensation  we  feel,  and  the  supposition  inseparable  from  it, 
that  it  is  produced  by  an  external  object.  That  our  senses 
are  to  be  trusted  in  the  information  they  give  us,  seems  to 
me  a  first  principle,  because  they  are  the  foundation  of  all 
our  after  reasonings.  The  few  exceptions  of  accidental 
irregularity  in  the  senses,  can  found  no  just  objection  to 
this,  as  there  are  so  many  plain  and  obvious  ways  of  dis- 
covering and  correcting  it. 

The  reality  of  the  material  system  I  think,  may  be  easily 
established,  except  upon  such  principles  as  are  subver- 
sive of  all  certainty,  and  lead  to  universal  scepticism ;  and 
persons  who  would  maintain  such  principles,  do  not  de- 
serve to  be  reasoned  with,  because  they  do  not  pretend  to 
communicate  knowledge,  but  to  take  all  knowledge  from 
us. 

The  Immaterialists  say,  that  we  are  conscious  of  no- 
thing, but  the  impression  or  feeling  of  our  own  mind ;  but 
they  do  not  observe  that  the  impression  itself,  implies  and 


Moral  Philosof^hy  15 

supposes  something  external,  that  communicates  it,  and 
cannot  be  separated  from  that  supposition.  Sometimes 
such  reasoners  tell  us,  that  we  cannot  shew  the  substance 
separate  from  its  sensible  qualities ;  no  more  can  any  man 
shew  me  a  sensible  quality,  separate  fn^n  a  particular 
subject.  If  any  man  will  shew  me  whiteness,  without  shew- 
ing- me  any  thing  that  is  white,  or  nnmdness  without  any 
thing  that  is  round,  I  will  shew  him  the  substance  without 
either  color  or  shape. 

Immaterialism  takes  away  the  distinction  between  truth 
and  falsehood.  I  have  an  idea  of  a  house  or  tree  in  a  cer- 
tain place,  and  I  call  this  true,  that  is,  I  am  of  opinion, 
there  is  really  a  house  or  tree  in  that  place.  Again,  I 
form  an  idea  of  a  house  or  tree,  as  what  may  be  in  that 
place;  I  ask  what  is  the  difference,  if  after  all,  you  tell 
me,  there  is  neither  tree,  house  nor  place  any  where  ex- 
isting. An  advocate  for  that  system  says,  that  truth  con- 
sists in  the  liveliness  of  the  idea,  than  which  nothing  can 
be  more  manifestly  false.  I  can  form  as  distinct  an  idea 
of  any  thing  that  is  not,  as  any  thing  that  is,  when  it  is  al)- 
sent  from  my  sight.  I  have  a  much  more  lively  idea  of 
Jupiter  and  Juno,  and  many  of  their  actions,  from  Homer 
and  Virgil,  though  I  do  not  believe  that  any  of  them  ever 
existed,  than  I  have  of  many  things  that  I  know  happened 
within  these  few  months. 

The  truth  is,  the  immaterial  system,  is  a  wild  and  ridi- 
culous attempt  to  unsettle  the  principles  of  common  sense 
by  metaphysical  reasoning,  which  can  hardly  produce  any 
thing  but  contempt  in  the  generality  of  persons  who  hear 
it,  and  which  I  verily  believe,  never  produced  conviction 
even  on  the  persons  who  pretend  to  espouse  it. 


1 6  Moral  Philosophy 


LECTURE    III. 

Internal  sensation  is  what  Mr.  Hutchinson^  calls  the 
finer  powers  of  perception.  It  takes  its  rise  from  exter- 
nal objects,  but  by  abstraction,  considers  something- 
farther  than  merely  the  sensible  qualities — 

1.  Thus  with  respect  to  many  objects  there  is  a  sense 
of  beauty  in  the  appearance,  structure  or  composition, 
which  is  altogether  distinct  from  mere  color,  shape  and 
extention.  How  then  is  this  beauty  perceived  ?  It  enters 
by  the  eye,  but  it  is  perceived  and  relished  by  what  may 
be  well  enough  called  an  internal  sense,  quality  or  capacity 
of  the  mind. 

2.  There  is  a  sense  of  pleasure  in  imitation,  whence 
the  arts  of  painting,  sculpture,  poetry,  are  often  called  the 
imitative  arts.  It  is  easy  to  see  that  the  imitation  itself 
gives  the  pleasure,  for  we  receive  much  pleasure  from  a 
lively  description  of  what  would  be  painful  to  behold. 

3.  A  sense  of  harmony. 

4.  A  sense  of  order  or  proportion. 

Perhaps  after  all,  the  whole  of  these  senses  may  be  con- 
sidered as  belonging  to  one  class,  and  to  be  the  particulars 
which  either  singly,  or  by  the  union  of  several  of  them,  or 
of  the  whole,  produce  what  is  called  the  pleasures  of  the 
imagination.  If  so,  we  may  extend  these  senses  to  every 
thing  that  enters  into  the  principles  of  beauty  and  grace- 
fulness.— Order,  proportion,  simplicity,  intricacy,  uni- 
formity, variety — especially  as  these  principles  have  any 
thing  in  common  that  is  equally  applicable  to  all  the  fine 

^  Hutcheson. 


Moral  Philosophy  17 

arts,  painting,  statuary,  architecture,  music,  poetry,  ora- 
tory. 

The  various  theories  upon  the  principles  of  beauty,  or 
what  it  is  that  properly  constitutes  it,  are  of  much  impor- 
tance on  the  subject  of  taste  and  criticism,  but  of  very 
little  in  point  of  morals.  Whether  it  be  a  simple  percep- 
tion that  cannot  be  analysed,  or  a  Je  nc  scai  quoi,  as  the 
French  call  it,  that  cannot  be  discovered,  it  is  the  same 
thing  to  our  present  purpose,  since  it  cannot  be  denied, 
that  there  is  a  perception  of  beauty,  and  that  this  is  very 
different  from  the  mere  color  or  dimensions  of  the  object. 
This  beauty  extends  to  the  form  and  shape  of  visible,  or 
to  the  grace  and  motion  of  living  objects;  indeed,  to  all 
works  of  art,  and  productions  of  genius.^ 

These  are  called  the  reflex  senses  sometimes,  and  it  is  of 
moment  to  observe  both  that  they  really  belong  to  our  na- 
ture, and  that  they  are  very  different  from  the  grosser  per- 
ceptions of  external  sense. 

It  must  also  be  observed,  that  several  distinguished 
writers  have  added  as  an  internal  sense,  that  of  morality,  a 
sense  and  perception  of  moral  excellence,  and  our  obliga- 
tion to  conform  ourselves  to  it  in  our  conduct. 

Though  there  is  no  occasion  to  join  Mr.  Hutchinson^  or 
any  other,  in  their  opposition  to  such  as  make  reason  the 
principle  of  virtuous  conduct,  yet  I  think  it  must  be  ad- 
mitted, that  a  sense  of  moral  good  and  evil,  is  as  really  a 
principle  of  our  nature,  as  either  the  gross  external  or  re- 
flex senses,  and  as  truly  distinct  from  both,  as  they  are 
from  each  other. 

This  moral  sense  is  precisely  the  same  thing  with  what, 
*The  MSS.  omit  this  paragraph.     'Hutchoson. 


1 8  Moral  Philosophy 

in  scripture  and  common  language,  we  call  conscience. 
It  is  the  law  which  our  Maker  has  written  upon  our  hearts, 
and  both  intimates  and  enforces  duty,  previous  to  all  rea- 
soning. The  opposers  of  innate  ideas,  and  of  the  law  of 
nature,  are  unwilling  to  admit  the  reality  of  a  moral  sense, 
yet  their  objections  are  wholly  frivolous.  The  necessity  of 
education  and  information  to  the  production  and  exercise 
of  the  reflex  senses  or  powers  of  the  imagination,  is  every 
whit  as  great  as  to  the  application  of  the  moral  sense.  If 
therefore  any  one  should  say,  as  is  often  done  by  Mr. 
Locke,  if  there  are  any  innate  principles,  what  are  they? 
enumerate  them  to  me,  if  they  are  essential  to  man  they 
must  be  in  every  man ;  let  me  take  any  artless  clown  and 
examine  him,  and  see  if  he  can  tell  me  what  they  are. — I 
would  say,  if  the  principles  of  taste  are  natural  they  must 
be  universal.  Let  me  tr}'  the  clown  then,  and  see  whether 
he  will  agree  with  us,  either  in  discovering  the  beauty  of  a 
poem  or  picture,  or  being  able  to  assign  the  reasons  of  his 
approbation. 

There  are  two  senses  which  are  not  easily  reducible  to 
any  of  the  two  kinds  of  internal  senses,  and  yet  certainly 
belong  to  our  nature.  They  are  allied  to  one  another.^ — 
A  sense  of  ridicule,  and  a  sense  of  honor  and  shame.  A 
sense  of  the  ridiculous  is  something  peculiar;  for  though 
it  be  admitted  that  everything  that  is  ridiculous  is  at  the 
same  time  unreasonable  and  absurd ;  yet  it  is  as  certain  the 
terms  are  not  convertible,  or  any^  thing  that  is  absurd  is 
not  ridiculous.  There  are  an  hundred  falsehoods  in 
mathematics  and  other  sciences,  that  do  not  tempt  any 
body  to  laugh. 

*  MS.  A  omits  the  sentence.    ''The  MSS.  read  every. 


Moral  Philosophy  iq 

Shaftsbur>'  has.  through  his  whole  writings,  en- 
deavored to  estabHsh  this  principle  that  ridicule  is  the 
test  of  truth:  but  the  falsehood  of  tiial  opinion  a]ipears 
from  the  above  remark,  for  there  is  something  really 
distinct  from  reasoning  in  ridicule.  It  seems  to  be  putting 
imagination  in  the  place  of  reason. — See  P>ro\vn^  Fss;ays 
on  the  Characteristics.'' 

A  sense  of  honor  and  shame  seems,  in  a  certain  view,  to 
subject  us  to  the  opinions  of  others,  as  they  depend  upon 
the  sentiments  of  our  fellow-creatures.  Vet,  perhaps  we 
may  consider  this  sentiment  as  intended  to  be  an  assistant 
or  guard  to  virtue,  by  making  us  apprehend  rei)roach 
from  others  for  what  is  in  itself  worthy  of  blame.  This 
sense  is  very  strong  and  powerful  in  its  effects,  whether 
it  be  guided  by  true  or  false  principles. 

After  this  survey  of  human  nature,  let  us  consider  how 
we  derive  either  the  nature  or  obligation  of  duty  from  it. 

One  way  is  to  consider  what  indications  we  have  from 
our  nature  of  the  way  that  leads  to  the  truest  hai)piness. 
This  must  be  done  by  a  careful  attention  to  the  .several 
classes  of  perceptions  and  affections,  to  see  which  of  them 
are  most  excellent,  delightful,  or  desirable. 

They  will  then  soon  appear  to  be  of  three  great  classes, 
as  mentioned  above,  easily  distinguishable  from  one 
another,  and  gradually  rising  above  one  another. 

I.  The  gratification  of  the  external  senses.  This  af- 
fords some  pleasure.  We  are  led  to  desire  what  is  pleas- 
ing."^ and  to  avoid  what  is  disgustful  to  them. 

'John  Brown,  'Es.says  on  the  Characteristics  of  the  Earl  of 
Shaftesbury,"  London,  1751.  Dr.  Withcrspoon's  copy  is  in  the  Li 
brary  of  Princeton  University.    '  Rest  of  sentence  omitt<d  in  MS.  A. 


20  Moral  Philosophy 

2.  The  finer  powers  of  perception  give  a  delight 
which  is  evidently  more  excellent,  and  which  we  must 
necessarily  pronounce  more  noble.  Poetry,  painting, 
music,  &c.  the  exertion  of  genius,  and  exercise  of  the 
mental  powers  in  general,  give  a  pleasure,  though  not  so 
tumultuous,  much  more  refined,  and  which  does  not  so 
soon  satiate. 

3.  Superior  to  both  these,  is  a  sense  of  moral  excel- 
lence, and  a  pleasure  arising  from  doing  what  is  dictated 
by  the  moral  sense. 

It  must  doubtless  be  admitted  that  this  representation 
is  agreeable  to  truth,  and  that  to  those  who  would  calmly 
and  fairly  weigh  the  delight  of  moral  action,  it  must  ap- 
pear superior  to  any  other  gratification,  being  most  noble, 
pure  and  durable.  Therefore  we  might  conclude  that  it 
is  to  be  preferred  before  all  other  sources  of  pleasure — 
that  they  are  to  give  way  to  it  when  opposite,  and  to  be  no 
otherwise  embraced  than  in  subserviency  to  it. 

But  though  we  cannot  say  there  is  any  thing  false  in 
this  theory,  there  are  certainly  very  essential  defects. — 
As  for  example,  it  wholly  confounds,  or  leaves  entirely 
undistinguished,  acting  virtuously  from  seeking  happi- 
ness: so  that  promoting  our  own  happiness  will  in  that 
case  be  the  essence  or  definition  of  virtue,  and  a  view  to 
our  own  interest  will  be  the  sole  and  complete  obligation  to 
virtue.  Now  there  is  good  ground  to  believe  not  only  that 
reason  teaches  us,  but  that  the  moral  sense  dictates  to  us, 
something  more  on  both  heads,  viz.  that  there  are  disin- 
terested affections  that  point  directly  at  the  good  of  others, 
and  that  these  are  so  far  from  meriting  to  be  excluded 


Moral  Philosophy  21 

from  the  notion  of  virtue  altogether,  that  they  rather  seem 
to  claim  a  preference  to  the  selfish  affections.  I  know 
the  friends  of  the  scheme  of  self  interest  have  a  way  of 
coloring  or  solving  this.  They  say,  men  only  approve 
and  delight  in  benevolent  affections,  as  pleasing  and  de- 
lightful to  themselves.  But  this  is  not  satisfying,  for  it 
seems  to  weaken  the  force  of  public  affection  very  much, 
to  refer  it  all  to  self  interest,  and  when  nature  seems  to 
be  carrying  you  out  of  yourself,  by  strong  instinctive  pro- 
pensities or  implanted  affections,  to  turn  the  current  and 
direction  of  these  into  the  stream  of  self  interest  in  which 
experience  tells  us  we  are  most  apt  to  run  to  a  vicious 
excess. 

Besides  it  is  affirmed,  and  I  think  with  good  reason,  that 
the  moral  sense  carries  a  good  deal  more  in  it  than  mere- 
ly an  approbation  of  a  certain  class  of  actions  as  beautiful, 
praise  worthy  or  delightful,  and  therefore  finding  our 
interest  in  them  as  the  most  noble  gratification.  The  moral 
sense  implies  also  a  sense  of  obligation,  that  such  and 
such  things  are  right  and  others  wrong;  that  we  are 
bound  in  duty  to  do  the  one,  and  that  our  conduct  is 
hateful,  blameable,  and  deserving  of  punishment,  if  wc 
do  the  contrary ;  and  there  is  also  in  the  moral  sense  or 
conscience,  an  apprehension  or  belief  that  reward  and 
punishment  will  follow,  according  as  we  shall  act  in  the 
one  way,  or  in  the  other. 

It  is  so  far  from  being  true,  that  there  is  no  more  in 
virtuous  action  than  a  superior  degree  of  beauty,  or  a 
more  noble  pleasure,  that  indeed  the  beauty  and  sweetness 
of  virtuous  action  arises  from  this  very  circumstance — 


22  Moral  Philosophy 

that  it  is  a  compliance  with  duty  or  supposed  obhgation. 
Take  away  this,  and  the  beauty  vanishes,  as  well  as  the 
pleasure.  Why  is  it  more  pleasant  to  do  a  just  or  charit- 
able action  than  to  satisfy  my  palate  with  delightful 
meat,  or  to  walk  in  a  beautiful  garden,  or  read  an  exquisite 
poem?  only  because  I  feel  myself  under  an  obligation 
to  do  it,  as  a  thing  useful  and  important  in  itself.  It  is  not 
duty  because  pleasing,  but  pleasing  because  duty. — The 
same  thing  may  be  said  of  beauty  and  approbation.^  I  do 
not  approve  of  the  conduct  of  a  plain,  honest,  industrious, 
pious  man,  because  it  is  more  beautiful  than  that  of  an  idle 
profligate,  but  I  say  it  is  more  l^eautiful  and  amiable,  be- 
cause he  keeps  within  the  bounds  of  duty.  I  see  a  higher 
species  of  beauty  in  moral  action:  but  it  arises  from  a 
sense  of  obligation.  It  may  be  said,  that  my  interest  and 
duty  are  the  same,  because  they  are  inseparable,  and  the 
one  arises  from  the  other;  but  there  is  a  real  distinction 
and  priority  of  order.  A  thing  is  not  my  duty,  because 
it  is  my  interest,  but  it  is  a  wise  appointment  of  nature, 
that  I  shall  forfeit  my  interest,  if  I  neglect  my  duty. 

Several  other  remarks  might  be  made  to  confirm  this. 
When  any  person  has  by  experience  found  that  in  seek- 
ing pleasure  he  embraced  a  less  pleasing  enjoyment,  in 
place  of  one  more  delightful,  he  may  be  sensible  of  mis- 
take or  misfortune,  but  he  has  nothing  at  all  of  the  feeling 
of  blame  or  self-condemnation ;  but  when  he  hath  done 
an  immoral  action,  he  has  an  inward  remorse,  and  feels 
that  he  has  broken  a  law,  and  that  he  ought  to  have  done 
otherwise. 

^  The  preceding  passage  Take  a-way  this  ....  beauty  and  appro- 
bation is  not  fonnd  in  MSS.  .A^  and   B. 


Moral  Philosophy  23 

LECTURE  IV. 
This  therefore  lays  us  under  the  necessity^  of  search- 
ing a  little  further  for  the  principle  of  moral  ac- 
tion. In  order  to  do  this  with  the  greater  accuracy,  and 
give  you  a  view  of  the  chief  controversies  on  this  subject, 
observe,  that  there  are  really  three  questions  upon  it, 
which  must  be  inquired  into,  and  distinguished.  I  am 
sensible,  they  are  so  intimately  connected,  that  they  are 
sometimes  necessarily  intermixed ;  but  at  others,  not  dis- 
tinguishing, leads  into  error.  ^    The  questions  relate  to 

1.  The  nature  of  virtue. 

2.  The  foundation  of  virtue. 

3.  The  obligation  of  virtue. 

When  we  inquire  into  the  nature  of  virtue,  we  do 
enough,  when  we  point  out  what  it  is,  or  show  how  we 
may  come  to  the  knowledge  of  every  particular  duty, 
and  be  able  to  distinguish  it  from  the  opposite  vice.  When 
we  speak  of  the  foundation  of  virtue,  we  ask  or  answer  the 
question.  Why  is  it  so?  Why  is  this  course  of  action  pre- 
ferable to  the  contrary?  What  is  its  excellence?  When 
we  speak  of  the  obligation  of  virtue,  we  ask  by  what  law 
we  are  bound,  or  from  what  principles  we  ought  to  be 
obedient  to  the  precepts  which  it  contains  or  prescribes. 

After  speaking  something  to  each  of  these — to  the  con- 
troversies that  have  been  raised  upon  them — and  the  pro- 
priety or  importance  of  entering  far  into  these  controver- 
sies, or  a  particular  decision  of  them.  I  shall  i)roceed  to 

*  MS.   C     This  scheme  being  found  defective  leaves  under  a  neces- 
sity, etc.     'MSS.  A  and  B  not  being  distinguishable  they  lead  us 


24  Moral  Philosophy 

a  detail  of  the  moral  laws  or  the  several  branches  of  duty 
according  to  the  division  first  laid  down. 

I,  As  to  the  nature  of  virtue,  or  what  it  is;  or,  in 
other  words,  what  is  the  rule  by  which  I  must  try  every 
disputed  practice — that  I  may  keep  clear  of  the  next  ques- 
tion, you  may  observe,  that  upon  all  the  systems  they  must 
have  recourse  to  one  or  more  of  the  following,  viz.  Con- 
science, reason,  experience.  All  who  found  virtue  upon  af- 
fection, particularly  Hutchinson,^  Shaftsbury  and  their 
followers,  make  the  moral  sense  the  rule  of  duty,  and 
very  often  attempt  to  exclude  the  use  of  reason  on  this 
subject.  These  authors  seem  also  to  make  benevolence 
and  public  affection  the  standard  of  virtue,  in  distinction 
from  all  private  and  selfish  passions. 

Doctor  Clark  and  most  English  writers  of  the  last  age, 
make  reason  the  standard  of  virtue,  particularly  as  op- 
posed to  inward  sentiment  or  affection.  They  have  this 
to  say  particularly  in  support  of  their  opinion,  that  rea- 
son does  in  fact  often  controul  and  alter  sentiment ; 
whereas  sentiment  cannot  alter  the  clear  decisions  of 
reason.  Suppose  my  heart  dictates  to  me  anything  to  be 
my  duty,  as  for  example,  to  have  compassion  on  a  per- 
son detected  in  the  commission  of  crimes;  yet  if,  upon 
cool  reflection,  I  perceive  that  suffering  him  to  go  unpun- 
ished will  be  hurtful  to  the  community,  I  counteract  the 
sentiment  from  the  deductions  of  reason. 

Again :  Some  take  in  the  air  of  experience,  and  chiefly 
act  upon  it.  All  particularly  who  are  upon  the  selfisli 
scheme,  find  it  necessary  to  make  experience  the  guide, 

'  Hutcheson. 


Moral  Philosophx  2S 

to  show  them  what  things  are  really  conducive  to  happi- 
ness and  what  not. 

We  shall  proceed  to  consider  the  opinions  upon  the  na- 
ture of  virtue,  the  chief  of  which  are  as  follow : 

1.  Some  say  that  virtue  consists  in  acting  agreeably  to 
the  nature  and  reason  of  things.  And  that  we  are  to 
abstract  from^  all  affection,  public  and  private,  in  deter- 
mining any  question  upon  it.     Clark. 

2.  Some  say  that  benevolence  or  public  affection  is 
virtue,  and  that  a  regard  to  the  good  of  the  whole  is  the 
standard  of  virtue.-^  What  is  most  remarkable  in  this 
scheme  is,  that  it  makes  the  sense  of  obligation  in  partic- 
ular instances  give  way  to  a  supposed  greater  good. 
Hutchinson.^ 

3.  One  author  (Wolloston  Rel.  of  Nat.  delineated") 
makes  truth  the  foundation  of  virtue,  and  he  reduces  the 
good  or  evil  of  any  action  to  the  truth  or  falshood  of  a 
proposition.  This  opinion  differs  not  in  substance,  but 
in  words  only  from  Dr.  Clark's. 

4.  Others  place  virtue  in  self  love,  and  make  a  well 
regulated  self  love  the  standard  and  foundation  of  it. 
This  scheme  is  best  defended  by  Dr.  Campbel,  of  St.  An- 
drews.^ 

5.  Some  of  late  have  made  sympathy  the  standard  of 
virtue,  particularly  Smith  in  his  Theory  of  Moral  Sen- 
timents. He  says  we  have  a  certain  feeling,  by  which  we 
sympathize,  and  as  he  calls  it,  go  along  with  what  ap- 

*MS.  C  inserts  it.  'MS.  C  adds  footnote  Hutcheson.  * Hulctu 
son.  'William  Wollaston,  "The  religion  of  nature  delineated," 
London  1722.  ^Archibald  Campbell,  "An  inquiry  into  the  original 
of  moral   virtue,"   London    1733. 


26  Moral  Philosophy 

pears  to  be  right.    This  is  but  a  new  phraseology  for  the 
moral  sense. 

,  6.  David  Hume  has  a  scheme  of  morals  that  is  pecu- 
liar to  himself.  He  makes  every  thing  that  is  agreeable 
and  useful  virtuous,  and  vice  versa,  by  which  he  entirely 
annihilates  the  difference  between  natural  and  moral 
viqualities,  making  health,  strength,  cleanliness,  as  really 
virtues  as  integrity  and  truth. 

7.  We  have  an  opinion  published  in  this  country,  that 
virtue  consists  in  the  love  of  being  as  such.® 

Several  of  these  authors  do  easily  and  naturally  incor- 
porate piety  with  their  system,  particularly  Clark,  Hut- 
chinson,^^ Campbell  and  Edwards. 

And  there  are  some  who  begin  by  establishing  natural 
religion,  and  then  found  virtue  upon  piety.  This  amounts 
to  the  same  thing  in  substance;  for  reasoners  upon  the 
nature  of  virtue  only  mean  to  show  what  the  Author  of 
nature  has  pointed  out  as  duty.  And  after  natural  re- 
ligion is  established  on  general  proofs,^ ^  it  will  remain  to 
point  out  what  are  its  laws,  which,  not  taking  in  revela- 
tion, must  bring  us  back  to  consider  our  own  nature,  and 
the  rational  deductions  from  it. 

2.  The  opinions  on  the  foundation  of  virtue  may  be 
simimed  up  in  the  four  following: 

I.  The  will  of  God.  2.  The  reason  and  nature  of 
things.     3.     The  public  interest.     4.     Private  interest. 

I.  The  will  of  God.  By  this  is  not  meant  what  was 
mentioned  above,  that  the  intimations  of  the  divine  will 
point  out  what  is  our  duty ;  but  that  the  reason  of  the  dif- 

•MS.  A  adds  Mr.  Edwards.     '"  Hutcheson.    ^^  MS.  C  principles. 


.Moral  Philosophy  27 

ference  between  virtue  and  vice  is  to  be  sought  no  where 
else  than  in  the  good  pleasure  of  God.  That  there  is  no 
intrinsic  excellence^^  in  any  thing  but  as  he  commands  or 
forbids  it.  They  pretend  that  if  it  were  otherwise  there 
would  be  something  above  the  Supreme  Being,  something 
in  the  nature  of  things  that  would  lay  him  under  the  law 
of  necessity  or  fate.  But  notwithstanding  the  difficulty 
of  our  forming  clear  conceptions  on  this  subject,  it  seems 
vei-y  harsh  and  unreasonable  to  say  that  the  difference  be- 
tween virtue  and  vice  is  no  other  than  the  divine  will. 
This  would  be  taking  away  the  moral  character  even  of 
God  himself.  It  would  not  have  any  meaning  then  to  say 
he  is  infinitely  holy  and  infinitely  perfect.  But  prob- 
ably those  who  have  asserted  this  did  not  mean  any  more 
than  that  the  divine  will  is  so  perfect  and  excellent  that^**' 
all  virtue  is  reduced  to  conformity  to  it — and  that  we 
ought  not  to  judge  of  good  and  evil  by  any  other  rule. 
This  is  as  true  as  that  the  divine  conduct  is  the  standard 
of  wisdom.^'' 

2.  Some  found  it  in  the  reason  and  nature  of  things. 
This  may  be  said  to  be  true,  but  not  sufficiently  precise 
and  explicit.  Those  who  embrace  this  principle  succeed 
best  in  their  reasoning  Avhen  endeavoring  to  show  that 
there  is  an  essential  difference  l>etween  virtue  and  vice. 
But  when  they  attempt  to  show  wherein  this  difference 
doth  or  can  consist,  other  than  public  or  private  hap- 
piness, they  speak  with  very  little  meaning. 

3.  Public  happiness.  This  opinion  is  that  the  founda- 
tion of  virtue,  or  that  which  makes  the  distinction  be- 

"^MS.  C  adds  or  evil.  "MS.  C  omits  following  clause  all  virtue 
.    ...  to  it  and  that.     "MSS.  A  and  B  religion. 


28  Moral  Philosophy 

tween  it  and  vice,  is  its  tendency  to  promote  the  general 
good;  so  that  utihty  at  bottom  is  the  principle  of  virtue, 
even  with  the  great  patrons  of  disinterested  affection. 

4.  Private  happiness.  Those  who  choose  to  place  the 
foundation  of  virtue  here,  would  have  us  to  consider  no 
other  excellence  in  it  than  what  immediately  conduces  to 
our  own  gratification. 

Upon  these  opinions  I  would  observe,  that  there  is 
something  true  in  every  one  of  them,  but  that  they  may 
be  easily  pushed  to  an  error  by  excess. 

The  nature  and  will  of  God  is  so  perfect  as  to  be  the 
true  standard  of  all  excellence,  natural  and  moral :  and 
if  we  are  sure  of  what  he  is  or  commands,  it  would  be  pre- 
sumption and  folly  to  reason  against  it,  or  put  our  views 
of  fitness  in  the  room  of  his  pleasure;  but  to  say  that 
God,  by  his  will,  might  have  made  the  same  temper  and 
conduct  virtuous  and  excellent,  which  we  now  call 
vicious,  seems  to  unhinge  all  our  notions  of  the  supreme 
excellence  even  of  God  himself. 

Again,  there  seems  to  be  in  the  nature  of  things  an 
intrinsic  excellence  in  moral  worth,  and  an  indelible  im- 
pression of  it  upon  the  conscience,  distinct  from  produc- 
ing or  receiving^^  happiness,  and  yet  we  cannot  easily  il- 
lustrate its  excellence  but  by  comparing  one  kind  of  hap- 
piness with  another. 

Again,  promoting  the  public  or  general  good  seems  to 
be  so  nearl)^  connected  with  virtue,  that  we  must  ne- 
cessarily suppose  that  universal  virtue  could  be  of  uni- 
versal utility.  Yet  there  are  two  excesses  to  which  this 
has  sometimes  led. — One  the  fatalist  and  necessitarian 

"  MSS.  A  and  B  meriting. 


Moral  Philosophy  jg 

schemes  to  which  there  are  so  many  objections,  and  the 
other,  the  making  the  general  good  the  ultimate  practi- 
cal rule  to  every  particular  person,  so  that  he  may  violate 
particular  obligations  with  a  view  to  a  more  general 
benefit. 

Once  more,  it  is  certain  that  virtue  is  as  really  connect- 
ed with  private  as  with  public  hapj)iness,  and  yet  to  make 
the  interest  of  the  agent  the  only  foundation  of  it,  seems 
so  to  narrow  the  mind,  and  to  be  so  destructive  to  the 
public  and  generous  affections  as  to  produce  the  most 
hurtful  effects. 

If  I  were  to  lay  down  a  few  propositions  on  the 
foundation  of  virtue,  as  a  philosopher,  they  should  be  the 
following : 

1.  From  reason,  contemplation,  sentiment  and  tradi- 
tion, the  Being  and  infinite  perfection  and  excellence  of 
God  may  be  deduced ;  and  therefore  what  he  is,  and  com- 
mands, is  virtue  and  duty.  Whatever  he  has  implanted  ^ 
in  uncorrupted  nature  as  a  principle,  is  to  be  received  as 
his  will.  Propensities  resisted  and  contradicted  by  the 
inward  principle  of  conscience,  are  to  be  considered  as 
inherent  or  contracted  vice. 

2.  True  virtue  certainly  promotes  the  general  good, 
and  this  may  be  made  use  of  as  an  argument  in  doubtful 
cases,  to  determine  whether  a  particular  principle  is  right 
or  wrong,  but  to  make  the  good  of  the  whole  our  imme- 
diate principle  of  action,  is  putting  ourselves  in  God's 
place,  and  actually  superseding  the  necessity  and  use  of 
the  particular  principles  of  dutv  which  he  hath  impressed 
upon  the  conscience.     As  to  the  whole  I  believe  the  uni- 


30  Moral  Philosophy 

verse  is  faultless  and  perfect,  but  I  am  unwilling  to  say 
it  is  the  best  possible  system,  because  I  am  not  able  to  un- 
derstand such  an  argument,  and  because  it  seems  to  me 
absurd  that  infinite  perfection  should  exhaust  or  limit 
itself  by  a  created  production. 

3.  There  is  in  the  nature  of  things  a  difference  be- 
tween virtue  and  vice,  and  however  much  virtue  and 
happiness  are  connected  by  the  divine  law,  and  in  the 
event  of  things,  we  are  made  so  as  to  feel  towards  them, 
and  conceive  of  them,  as  distinct.  We  have  the  simple 
perceptions  of  duty  and  interest. 

4.  Private  and  public  interest  may  be  promoted  by  the 
same  means,  but  they  are  distinct  views ;  they  should  be 
made  to  assist,  and  not  destroy  each  other. 

The  result  of  the  whole  is,  that  we  ought  to  take  the 
rule  of  duty  from  conscience  enlightened  by  reason,  ex- 
perience, and  every  way  by  which  we  can  be  supposed 
to  learn  the  will  of  our  Maker,  and  his  intention  in  creat- 
ing us  such  as  we  are.  And  we  ought  to  believe  that  it  is 
as  deeply  founded  as  the  nature  of  God  himself,  being  a 
transcript  of  his  moral  excellence,  and  that  it  is  produc- 
tive of  the  greatest  good. 


LECTURE    V. 

3.  It  remains  only  that  we  speak  of  the  obligation  of 
virtue,  or  what  is  the  law  that  binds  us  to  the  perform- 
ance, and  from  what  motives  or  principles  we  ought  to 
follow  its  dictates. 

The  sentiments  upon  the  subject  differ,  as  men  have 


I 


Moral  P  kilo  sop  liv  31 

different  views  of  the  nature  and  foundation  of  virtue, 
yet  they  may  be  reduced  within  narrower  bounds. 

The  obhgation  of  virtue  may  be  easily  reduced  to  two 
general  kinds,  duty  and  interest.  The  first,  if  real,  im- 
plies that  we  are  under  some  law,  or  subject  to  some  supe- 
rior, to  whom  we  are  accountable.  The  other  only  im- 
plies that  nature  points  it  out  to  us  as  our  own  greatest 
happiness,  and  that  there  is  no  other  reason  why  we 
ought  to  obey. 

Now  I  think  it  is  very  plain  that  there  is  more  in  the 
obligation  of  virtue,  than  merely  our  greatest  happiness. 
The  moral  sentiment  itself  implies  that  it  is  duty  inde- 
pendent of  happiness.  This  produces  remorse  and  dis- 
approbation as  having  done  what  is  blameable  and  of 
ill  desert.  We  have  two  ideas  very  distinct,  when  we 
see  a  man  mistaking  his  own  interest  and  not  obtaining 
so  much  happiness  as  he  might,  and  when  we  see  him 
breaking  through  every  moral  obligation.  In  the  first 
case  we  consider  him  as  only  accountable  to  himself, 
in  the  second  we  consider  him  as  accountable  to  some 
superior,  and  to  the  public.  This  sense  of  duty  is  the 
primar}^  notion  of  law  and  of  rights^  taken  in  their  most 
extensive  signification  as  including  every  thing  we  think 
we  are  entitled  to  expect  from  others,  and  the  neglect  or 
violation  of  which  we  consider  as  wrong,  unjust,  vicious, 
and  therefore  blameable.  It  is  also  affirmed  with  great 
apparent  reason  by  many,  particularly  Butler  in  his  An- 
alogy and  his  sermons,  that  we  have  a  natural  feeling  of 
ill  desert,  and  merited  punishment  in  vice.     The  patrons 

'The  MSS.  read  right. 


32  Moral  Philosophy 

of  the  selfish  ideas  alone,  are  those  who  confine  the  obli- 
gation of  virtue  to  happiness. 

But  of  those  who  are,  or  would  be  thought  of  the  op- 
posite sentiment,  there  are  some  who  differ  very  consider- 
ably from  others.  Some  who  profess  great  opposition  to 
the  selfish  scheme,  declare  also  great  aversion  to  founding 
the  obligation  of  virtue  in  any  degree  on  the  will  of 
a  superior,  or  looking  for  any  sanction  of  punishment,  to 
corroborate  the  moral  laws.  This  they  especially  treat 
with  contempt,  when  it  is  supposed  to  be  from  the  deity. 
Shaftsbury  speaks  with  great  bitterness  against  taking 
into  view  a  future  state  of  what  he  calls  more  extended 
self-interest.  He  says  men  should  love  virtue  for  its  own 
sake,  without  regard  to  reward  or  punishment.  In  this  he 
has  been  followed  by  many  reasoners,  as  far  as  their  re- 
gard to  religion  would  permit  them. 

If  however,  we  attend  to  the  dictates  of  conscience,  we 
shall  find  evidently,  a  sense  of  duty,  of  self-approbration 
and  remorse,  which  plainly  show  us  to  be  under  a  law,  and 
that  law  to  have  a  sanction :  what  else  is  the  meaning  of 
the  fear  and  terror,  and  apprehension  of  guilty  persons? 
Quorum  mentes  se  recludantur,  &c,  says  Cicero.- 

Nor  is  this  all,  but  we  have  all  certainly  a  natural  sense 
of  dependance.  The  belief  of  a  divine  being  is  certainly 
either  innate  and  necessary,  or  has  been  handed  down 
from  the  first  man,  and  can  now  be  v^  ell  supported  by  the 
clearest  reason.  And  our  relation  to  him  not  only  lays 
the  foundation  of  many  moral  sentiments  and  duties,  but 

"  The  quotation  is  not  from  Cicero,  bnt  is  a  misprinted  adaptation 
from  Tacitus  (Annals  VI.  6).  Each  MS.  attempts  the  quotation  in 
full  and  garbles  it. 


Moral  Philosophy  33 

compleats  the  idea  of  morality  and  law,  by  subjecting  us 
to  him,  and  teaching  us  to  conceive  of  him,^  not  only  as 
our  Maker,  preserver  and  benefactor,  but  as  our  righteous 
governor  and  supreme  judge.  As  the  being  and  perfec- 
tions of  God  are  irrefragably  established,  the  obligation  of 
duty  must  ultimately  rest  here. 

It  ought  not  to  be  forgotten  that  the  belief  or  appre- 
hension of  a  future  state  of  rewards  and  punishments,  has 
been  as  universal  as  the  belief  of  a  deity,  and  seems  insep- 
arable from  it,  and  therefore  must  be  considered  as  the 
sanction  of  the  moral  law.  Shaftsbury  inveighs  severely 
against  this  as  making  man  virtuous  from  a  mercenary 
view;  but  there  are  two  ways  in  which  we  may  consider 
this  matter,  and  in  either  light  his  objections  have  little 
force.  ( I ) .  We  may  consider  the  primary  obligations  of 
virtue  as  founded  upon  a  sense  of  its  own  excellence, 
joined  with  a  sense  of  duty  and  dependance  on  the  su- 
preme being,  and  rewards  and  punishments  as  a  second- 
ary motive,  which  is  found  in  fact,  to  be  absolutely  neces- 
sary to  restrain  or  reclaim  men  from  vice  and  impiety.  Or 
(2.)  We  may  consider  that  by  the  light  of  nature  as  well 
as  by  revelation,  the  future  reward  of  virtue  is  considered 
as  a  state  of  perfect  virtue,  and  the  happiness  is  represent- 
ed as  arising  from  this  circumstance.  Here  there  is  noth- 
ing at  all  of  a  mercenary  principle,  but  only  an  expectation 
that  true  goodness,  which  is  here  in  a  state  of  imperfec- 
tion and  liable  to  much  opposition,  shall  then  be  improved 
to  the  highest  degree,  and  put  beyond  any  possibility  of 
change. 

'  MS.  C  omits  this  clause. 


34  Moral  Philosophy 

We  may  add  to  these  obligations  the  manifest  tendency 
of  a  virtuous  conduct  to  promote  even  our  present  happi- 
ness: this  in  ordinary  cases  it  does,  and  when  joined 
with  the  steady  hope  of  futurity,  does  in  all  cases  produce 
a  happiness  superior  to  what  can  be  enjoyed  in  the  prac- 
tice of  vice.  Yet  perhaps,  the  stoics  of  old,  who  denied 
pain  to  be  any  evil,  and  made  the  wise  man  superior  to 
all  the  vicissitudes  of  fortune,  carried  things  to  a  romantic 
and  extravagant  height.  And  so  do  some  persons  in  mod- 
ern times,  who  setting  aside  the  consideration  of  a  future 
state,  teach  that  virtue  is  its  own  reward.  There  are  many 
situations  in  which,  if  you  deprive  a  good  man  of  the 
hope  of  future  happiness,  his  state  seems  very  undesir- 
able. On  the  contrary,  sometimes  the  worst  of  men  enjoy 
prosperity  and  success  to  a  great  degree,  nor  do  they  seem 
to  have  any  such  remorse,  as  to  be  an  adequate  punish- 
ment of  their  crimes.  If  any  should  insist,  that  a  good 
man  has  always  some  comfort  from  within  and  a  bad 
man  a  self-disapprobation  and  inward  disquiet,  suited  to 
their  characters,  I  would  say  that  this  arises  from  the  ex- 
pectation of  a  future  state,  and  a  hope  on  the  one  side,  and 
fear  on  the  other,  of  their  condition  there. 

Those  who  declaim  so  highly  of  virtue  being  its  own 
reward  in  this  life,  take  away  one  of  the  most  considerable 
arguments,  which  from  the  dawn  of  philosophy,  has  al- 
ways been  made  use  of,  as  a  proof  of  a  future  state,  viz. 
the  unequal  distribution  of  good  and  evil  in  this  life. 
Besides  they  do  not  seem  to  view  the  state  of  bad  men 
properly.  When  they  talk  of  remorse  of  conscience,  as 
a  sufficient  punishment,  they  forget  that  this  is  seldom  to 


Moral  Philosophy  35 

a  high  degree,  but  in  the  case  of  some  gross  crimes. 
Cruelty  and  murder,  frequent  acts  of  gross  injustice,  are 
sometimes  followed  with  deep  horror  of  conscience;  and  a 
course  of  intemperance  or  lust  is  often  attended  with  such 
dismal  effects  upon  the  body,  fame  and  fortune,  that  those 
who  survive  it  a  few  years,  are  a  melancholy  spectacle, 
and  a  burden  to  themselves  and  others.  But  it  would  be 
very  loose  morality,  to  suppose  none  to  be  bad  men,  but 
those  who  were  under  the  habitual  condemnation  of  con- 
science. On  the  contrary,  the  far  greater  part  are  blinded 
in  their  understandings,  as  well  as  corrupt  in  their  prac- 
tice'— They  deceive  themselves,  and  are  at  peace.  Ignor- 
ance and  inattention  keep  the  multitude  at  peace.  And 
false  principles  often  produce  self-justification  and  ill- 
founded  peace,  even  in  atrocious  crimes.  Even  common 
robbers  are  sometimes  found  to  justify  themselves,  and 
say — I  must  live — I  have  a  right  to  my  share  of  provi- 
sion, as  well  as  that  proud  fellow  that  rolls  in  his  chariot. 

The  result  of  the  whole  is  that  the  obligation  to  virtue 
ought  to  take  in  all  the  following  particulars :  A  sense 
of  its  own  intrinsic  excellence — of  its  happy  consequences 
in  the  present  life — a  sense  of  duty  and  subjection  to  the 
Supreme  Being — and  a  hope  of  future  happiness,  and 
fear  of  future  misery  from  his  decision. 

Having^  considered  the  reasonings  on  the  nature,  foun- 
dation and  obligation  of  virtue,  I  now  proceed  to  a  more 
particular  detail  of  the  moral  laws,  and  shall  take  them 
under  the  three  heads  formerly  mentioned,  Ethics,  Poli- 
tics and  Jurisprudence. 

*The  MSS.  transfer  this  paragraph  to  the  beginning  of  Lecture 
VI. 


36  Moral  Philosophy 


LECTURE    VI. 

As  to  the  iirst  we  must  begin  with  what  is  usually  called 
the  states  of  man,  or  several  lights  or  relations  in 
which  he  may  be  considered,  as  laying  a  foundation  for 
duty.  These  states  may  be  divided  into  two  kinds — (i.) 
Natural.     (2.)  Adventitious. 

The  natural  states  may  be  enumerated  thus:  (i.)  His 
state  with  regard  to  God,  or  natural  relation  to  him. 
(2.)  To  his  fellow-creatures.  (3.)  Solitude  or  society. 
(4.)  Peace  or  war.  Perhaps  we  may  add  to  these  (5.) 
His  outward  provision,  plenty  or  want. 

These  are  called  natural  states,  because  they  are  neces- 
sary and  universal.  All  men  and  at  all  times  are  related 
to  God.  They  were  made  by  him,  and  live  by  his  provi- 
dence. We  must  also  necessarily  know  our  fellow-crea- 
tures, and  their  state  to  be  similar  to  ours  in  this  respect 
and  many  others.  A  man  must  at  all  times  be  independ- 
ent or  connected  with  society — at  peace  with  others,  or  at 
war — well  provided,  or  in  want. 

The  other  states  are  called  adventitious,  because  they 
are  the  effect  of  choice  and  the  fruit  of  industry,  as  mar- 
riage— family — master  and  servant — particular^  volun- 
tary societies — callings  or  professions — characters  or 
abilities  natural  and  acquired — offices  in  a  constituted 
society — property,  and  many  particular  modifications  of 
each  of  these. 

In  prosecuting  the  subject  farther,  and  giving  an  analy- 
sis of  the  moral  duties  founded  upon  these  states.  I  shall 

'  MSS.  A  and  B  insert  and. 


Moral  Philosophy  r^y 

first  take  notice  of  our  relation  to  God,  with  the  proofs  of 
his  being-  and  perfections,  and  then  consider  the  moral 
laws  under  three  heads ;  our  duty  to  God.  to  our  neighbor, 
and  to  ourselves. 

I.  Our  duty  to  God.  To  this  place  I  have  reserved 
what  was  to  be  said  upon  the  proof  of  the  being  of  God, 
the  great  foundation  of  all  natural  religion ;  without  which 
the  moral  sense  would  be  weak  and  insufficient. 

The  proofs  of  the  being  of  God  are  generally  divided 
into  two  kinds,  (i.)  A  priori.  (2.)  A  posteriori.  The 
first  is,  properly  speaking,  metaphysical  reasoning  down- 
ward from  the  first  principles  of  science  or  truth,  and 
inferring  by  just  consequence  the  being  and  perfections  of 
God.  Clark's  Demonstration,  &c.  (if  there  be  any  thing 
that  should  be  called  a  priori,  and  if  this  is  a  conclusive 
method  of  reasoning)  is  as  complete  as  any  thing  ever 
published.^  perhaps  he  has  carried  the  i)rinci])lc  as  far  as 
it  will  go. 

This  way  of  arguing  begins  by  establishing  our  own  ex- 
istence from  consciousness.  That  we  are  not  necessarily 
existent,  therefore  must  have  a  cause;  that  something 
must  have  existed  from  all  eternity,  or  nothing  ever  could 
have  existed ;  that  this  being  must  exist  by  an  internal  ne- 
cessity of  nature ;  that  what  exists  necessarily  must  exist 
alike  every  where;  must  be  perfect;  act  every  where: 
be  independent,  omnipotent,  omniscient,  infinitely 
good,  just,  true — Because  as  all  these  are  evidently 
perfections  or  excellencies,  that  which  exists  by  a  neces- 
sity of  nature  must  be  possessed  of  every  perfection.  And 

*  MS.  A  as  anything  can  be  established. 


38  Moral  Philosophy 

the  contrary  of  these  virtues  implying  weakness  or  insuf- 
ficiency, cannot  be  found  in  the  infinite  being. 

The  other  medium^  of  proof,  commonly  called  a  pos- 
teriori, begins  with  contemplating  the  universe  in  all  its 
parts;  observing  that  it  contains  many  irresistible  proofs 
that  it  could  not  be  eternal,  could  not  be  without  a  cause ; 
that  this  cause  must  be  intelligent ;  and  from  the  astonish- 
ing greatness,  the  wonderful  adjustment  and  complica- 
tion of  things,  concludes  that  we  can  set  no  bounds  to 
the  perfection  of  the  Maker,  because  we  can  never  ex- 
haust the  power,  intelligence  and  benignity  that  we  see 
in  his  works.  In  this  way  of  arguing  we  deduce  the 
moral  perfections  of  the  deity  from  the  faint  resemblances 
of  them  that  we  see  in  ourselves.  As  we  necessarily  con- 
ceive justice,  goodness,  truth,  &c.  to  be  perfections  or 
excellencies,  we  are  warranted  by  the  plainest  reason  to 
ascribe  them  to  the  divine  being  in  an  infinite  degree. 

There  is  perhaps  at  bottom  no  difference  between  these 
ways  of  reasoning,  because  they  must  in  some  degree, 
rest  upon  a  common  principle,  viz.  that  every  thing  that 
exists  must  have  a  cause.  This  is  equally  necessary  to 
both  the  chains  of  reasoning,  and  must  itself  be  taken 
for  an  original  sentiment  of  nature,  or  an  impression  nec- 
essarily made  upon  us  from  all  that  we  see  and  are  con- 
versant with.  About  this  and  some  other  ideas  great  stir 
has  been  made  by  some  infidel  writers,  particularly  Da- 
vid Hume,  who  seems  to  have  industriously  endeavored 
to  shake  the  certainty  of  our  belief  upon  cause  and  effect, 
upon  personal  identity  and  the  idea  of  power.  It  is  easy 
to  raise  metaphysical  subtleties,  and  confound  the  under- 

'  MS.   C   method. 


Moral  Philosophy  39 

standing  on  such  subjects.  In  opposition  to  this,  some  late 
writers  have  advanced  with  great  apparent  reason,  that 
there  are  certain  first  principles  or  dictates  of  common 
sense,  which  are  either  simple  perceptions,  or  seen  with 
intuitive  evidence.  These  are  the  foundation  of  all 
reasoning,  and  without  them,  to  reason  is  a  word 
without  a  meaning.  They  can  no  more  be  proved  than 
you  can  prove  an  axiom  in  mathematical  science.  These* 
authors  of  Scotland  have  lately  produced  and  supported 
this  opinion,  to  resolve  at  once  all  the  refinements  and 
metaphysical  objections  of  some  infidel  writers. 

There  is  a  different  sort  of  argument  often  made  use 
of,  or  brought  in  aid  of  the  others  for  the  being  of  God, 
viz.  the  consent  of  all  nations,  and  the  universal  preva- 
lence of  that  belief.  I  know  not  whether  we  must  say  that 
this  argument  rests  also  upon  the  principle  that  nothing 
can  exist  without  a  cause,  or  upon  the  plan  just  now  men- 
tioned. If  it  is  an  universal  dictate  of  our  nature,  we 
must  take  it  as  true  immediately,  without  further  exami- 
nation. 

An  author  I  formerly  mentioned  has  set  this  argument 
in  a  peculiar  light  (Dr.  Wilson  of  New  Castle).  He  says 
that  we  receive  all  our  knowledge,  as  philosophers  ad- 
mit,^ by  sensation  and  reflection.  Now,  from  all  that  we 
see,  and  all  the  reflection  and  abstraction  upon  it  we  are 
capable  of,  he  afiirms  it  is  impossible  we  could  ever  fomi 
the  idea  of  a  spirit  or  a  future  state.  They  have,  however, 
been  early  and  universal,  and  therefore  must  have  been 
communicated  at  first,  and  handed  down  by  information 

*  MSS.  A  and  P.  Three.     MS.  C  The.     "•  M.S.  C  omits  the  phrase. 


40  Moral  Philosophy 

and  instruction  from  age  to  age.  So  that  unless  upon  the 
supposition  of  the  existence  of  God,  and  his  imparting  the 
knowledge  of  himself  to  men,  it  is  impossible  that  any  idea 
of  him  could  ever  have  entered  into  the  human  mind. 
There  is  something  ingenious  and  a  good  deal  of  proba- 
bility in  this  way  of  reasoning. 

As  to  the  nature  of  God,  the  first  thing  to  be  observed 
is  the  unity  of  God.  This  is  sufficiently  established 
upon  the  reasonings  both  a  priori  and  posteriori.  If  these 
reasonings  are  just  for  the  being  of  God,  they  are  strictly 
conclusive  for  the  unity  of  God.  There  is  a  necessity  for 
the  existence  of  one  supreme  being,  the  first  cause,  but 
no  necessity  for  more;  nay,  one  supreme  independent 
being  does  not  admit  any  more.  And  when  we  view 
the  harmony,  order  and  unity  of  design  in  the  created 
system,  we  must  be  led  to  the  belief  of  the  unity  of  God. 

Perhaps  it  may  be  thought  an  objection  to  this  (espe- 
cially if  we  lay  any  stress  on  the  universal  sentiments  of 
mankind,)  that  all  nations  have  been  so  prone  to  the  be- 
lief and  worship  of  a  plurality  of  gods.  But  this  argu- 
ment is  rather  specious  than  solid ;  as  however  prone 
men  were  to  worship  local  inferior  deities,  they  seem 
to  have  considered  them  only  as  intermediate  divinities 
and  intercessors  between  them  and  the  Supreme  God. 

The  perfections  of  God  may  be  divided  into  two  kinds, 
Natural  and  Moral. 

I.  The  natural  perfections  of  God  are  spirituality,  im- 
mensity, wisdom  and  power. 

We  call  these  natural  perfections,  because  they  can  be 
easily  distinguished,  and  in  idea  at  least  separated,  from 


Moral  F/iilosopliy  41 

goodness  of  disposition.  It  is  highly  probable  indeed  that 
supreme  excellence,  natural  and  moral,  must  always  re- 
side in  the  same  subject,  and  are  truly  inseparable ;  yet  we 
distinguish  them  not  only  because  the  ideas  are  distinct, 
but  because  they  are  by  no  means  in  proportion  to  one 
another  in  inferior  natures.  Great  powers  of  mind  and 
perfection  of  body  are  often  joined  to  malignity  of  dispo- 
sition. It  is  not  so  however  in  God;  for  as  his  natural 
perfections  are  founded  on  reason,  so  his  moral  excellence 
is  evidently  founded  in  the  moral  sense  or  conscience 
which  he  hath  implanted  in  us. 

Spirituality  is  what  we  may  call  the  very  nature  of 
God.  It  must  be  admitted  that  we  cannot  at  present  form 
any  complete  or  adequate  idea  of  a  spirit.  And  some, 
as  you  have  heard  formerly,  insist  that  without  revelation 
we  could  never  have  acquired  the  idea  of  it  that  we  have. 
Yet  there  are  many  who  have  reasoned  in  a  very  strong 
and  seemingly  conclusive  manner  to  show  that  mind  or 
intelligence  must  be  a  substance  altogether  distinct  from 
matter.  That  all  the  known  properties  of  matter  are  in- 
capable of  producing  thought,  as  being  wholly  of  a  dif- 
ferent kind — that  matter  as  such  and  universally  is  inert 
and^  divisible ;  thought  or  intelligence,  active  and  uncom- 
pounded.  See  the  best  reasoning  on  this  subject  in  Bax- 
ter's Immateriality  of  the  Soul.'^ 

Immensity  in  the  Divine  Being  is  that  by  which  he  is 

"  MS.  A  omits  inert  and. 

'  Andrew  Baxter,  "An  enquiry  into  the  nature  of  the  human  soul ; 
wherein  the  immateriality  of  the  soul  is  evinced  from  the  principles 
of  reason  and  philosophy",  London,  1730  (?).  Dr.  Witherspoon's 
copy  is  in  the  Library  of  Princeton  University. 


42  Moral  Philosophy 

every  where,  and  equally  present.  Metaphysicians, 
however,  differ  greatly  upon  this  subject.  The  Cartesi- 
ans will  not  admit  that  place  is  at  all  applicable  to  spirits. 
They  say  it  is  an  idea  wholly  arising  from  extension, 
which  is  one  of  the  peculiar  and  essential  qualities  of 
matter.  The  Newtonians,  however,  who  make  so  much 
use  of  the  idea  of  infinite  space,  consider  place  as  essen- 
tial to  all  substance,  spirit  as  well  as  matter.  The  diffi- 
culties are  great  on  both  sides.  It  is  hard  to  conceive  of 
spirit  at  all,  separating  from  it  the  qualities  of  matter, 
and  after  we  have  attempted  to  do  so  it  seems  to  be  bring- 
ing them  back  to  talk  of  place.  And  yet  it  seems  not 
only  hard  but  impossible  to  conceive  of  any  real  being 
without  supposing  it  in  some  place,  and  particularly  upon 
the  immensity  of  the  Deity,  it  seems  to  be  putting  cre- 
ated spirits  too  much  on  a  level  with  the  infinite  spirit  to 
deny  his  immensity.  It  is  I  think  certain  they  are  either 
confined  to  a  place,  or  so  limited  in  their  operations  as  is 
no  way  so  well  expressed  as  by  saying  we  are  here  and 
no  where  else.  And  in  this  sense  both  parties  must  ad- 
mit the  divine  immensity^ — that  his  agency  is  equal,  uni- 
versal and  irresistible. 

Wisdom  is  another  natural  attribute  of  God,  imply- 
ing infinite  knowledge — that  all  things  in  all  their  rela- 
tions, all  things  existing,  and  all  things  possible,  are  the 
objects  of  the  divine  knowledge.  Wisdom  is  usually 
considered  as  respecting  some  end  to  be  attained,  and  it 
implies  the  clear  discovery  of  the  best  and  most  eflPectual 
means  of  attaining  it. 

Power  is  the  being  able  to  do  all  things  without  limit 


Moral  Philosophy  43 

or  restraint.  The  omnipotence  of  God  is  always  consid- 
ered as  an  essential  perfection,  and  seems  to  arise  imme- 
diately from  creation  and  providence.  It  is  common  to 
say  that  God  can  do  all  things  except  such  as  imply  a 
contradiction — such  as  to  make  a  thing  to  be  and  not  to 
be  at  the  same  time;  but  this  is  unnecessary  and  foolish 
in  the  way  of  an  exception,  for  such  things  are  not  the 
objects  of  power  at  all.  They  are  mere  absurdities  in 
our  conception^  and  indeed  we  may  say  of  our  own  cre- 
ation. All  things  are  possible  with  God — nothing  can 
withstand  his  power. 


LECTURE    VII. 

2d.  The  moral  perfections  of  God  are  holiness,  justice, 
truth,  goodness  and  mercy. 

Holiness  is  sometimes  taken  in  a  general  and  compre- 
hensive sense,  as  being  the  aggregate,  implying  the  pres- 
ence of  all  moral  excellence;  yet  it  is  sometimes  used 
and  that  both  in  the  scripture  revelation  and  by  heathen 
writers  as  a  peculiar  attribute.  In  this  limited  sense  it  is 
extremely  difficult  to  define  or  explain.  Holiness  is  that 
character  of  God  to  which  veneration,  or  the  most  pro- 
found reverence  in  us,  is  the  correspondent  affection.  It 
is  sometimes  also  expressed  by  purity,  and  when  we  go 
to  form  an  idea  of  it  perhaps  we  can  scarce  say  any  thing 
better  than  that  it  is  his  being  removed  at  an  infinite  dis- 
tance from  the  grossness  of  material  indulgence. 

*MSS.  A  and  B  omit  rest  of  sentence. 


44  Moral  Philosophy 

Justice  is  an  invariable  determination  to  render  to  all 
their  due.  Justice  seems  to  be  founded  on  the  strong  and 
unalterable  perception  we  have  of  right  and  wrong,  good 
and  evil,  and  particularly  that  the  one  deserves  reward, 
and  the  other  punishment.  The  internal  sanction,  or 
the  external  and  providential  sanction  of  natural  laws, 
point  out  to  us  the  justice  of  God.  The  chief  thing  that 
merits  attention  upon  this  subject  is  the  controversy  about 
what  is  called  the  vindictive  justice  of  God.  That  is 
to  say,  is  there  in  God,  or  have  we  a  natural  sense  of 
the  propriety^  of,  a  disposition  to  inflict  punishment  in- 
dependent of  the  consequences,  viz.  the  reformation  of 
the  offender,  or  the  example  of  others.  This  loose 
moralists  often  declaim  against.  Yet  it  seems  plain,  that 
the  sense  in  our  minds  of  good  and  ill  desert,  makes 
guilt  the  proper  object  of  punishment  simply  in  itself. 
This  may  have  a  relation  to  general  order  and  the  good 
of  the  whole,  which  however  is  out  of  our  reach. 

The  truth  of  God  is  one  of  his  perfections,  greatly 
insisted  upon  in  Scripture,  and  an  essential  part  of  nat- 
ural religion.  It  is  inseparable  from  infinite  perfection; 
for  any  departure  from  truth  must  be  considered  as  aris- 
ing from  weakness  or  necessity.  What  end  could  be 
served  to  a  self  sufficient  and  all  sufficient  being  by  false- 
hood or  deception. 

Goodness  in  God  is  a  disposition  to  communicate  hap- 
piness to  others.  This  is  easily  understood.  The  crea- 
tion is  a  proof  of  it — Natural  and  moral  evil  no  just  ob- 
jection to  it,  because  of  the  preponderancy  of  happiness. 

'  MS.  A  propensity. 


Moral  Philosophy  45 

Mercy,  as  distinguished  from  goodness  or  benignity,  is 
his  being  of  a  placable  nature — Ready  to  forgive  the 
guilty,  or  to  remit  deserved  punishment.  It  has  been  dis- 
puted how  far  mercy  or  placability  is  discoverable  by 
reason.  It  is  not  mercy  or  forgiveness,  unless  it  would 
have  been  just  at  the  same  time  to  have  punished.  There 
are  but  two  ways  by  which  men  from  reason  may  infer  the 
attribute  of  mercy  to  belong  to  the  Deity.  ( i )  Because  we 
ourselves  are  sensible  of  this  disposition,  and  see  in  it  a 
peculiar  beauty.  (2)  From  the  forbearance  of  Providence 
that  sinners  are  not  immediately  overtaken  with  punish- 
ment, but  have  space  given  them  to  repent. — Yet  as  all 
the  conclusions  drawn  from  these  principles  must  be 
vague  and  general,  the  expectations  of  the  guilty  found- 
ed upon  them,  must  be  very  uncertain.  We  must  con- 
clude therefore,  that  however  stable  a  foundation  there  is 
for  the  other  attributes  of  God  in  nature  and  reason, 
the  way  in  which  and  the  terms  on  which,  he  will  shew 
mercy,  can  be  learned  from  Revelation  only.- 

Having  considered  the  being  and  perfections  of  God. 
we  proceed  to  our  duty  to  him. 

This  may  be  considered  in  two  views,  as  general  and 
special,  i.  By  the  first  I  understand  our  duty  to  obey 
him  and  submit  to  him  in  all  things.  This  you  see  in- 
cludes every  branch  of  moral  duty  to  our  neighbor  and 
ourselves,  as  well  as  to  God,  and  so  the  particular  parts 
of  it  will  be  considered  afterwards.  But  in  this  place, 
considering  every  good  action  as  an  act  of  obedience  to 

^  MS.  C  adds  see  Dr.  Leland's  inews  of  Deistical  Zifriters,  i.e.  John 
Leland,  "A  view  of  the  principal  deistical  writers  that  have  appeared 
in  England  during  the  last  and  present  century",  ( 1754-56.) 


46  Moral  Philosophy 

God,  we  will  a  little  attend  to  the  divine  sovereignty  and 
the  foundation  of  it. 

In  speaking  of  the  foundation  of  virtue  I  took  in  a 
sense  of  dependance  and  subjection  to  God.' — But  as 
men  are  not  to  be  deterred  from  bold  inquiries,  a  further 
question  is  raised  by  some — what  is  properly  the  founda- 
tion of  the  divine  dominion?  (i)  Some  found  it  directly 
upon  Omnipotence.  It  is  impossible  to  resist  his  power. 
This  seems  to  lay  us  under  a  necessity,  rather  than  to 
convince  us  of  duty.  We  ought  however,  to  think  and 
speak  of  this  subject  with  reverence,  and  certainly  Om- 
nipotence seems  to  oblige  us  to  actual,  if  it  should  not 
bring  us  to  willing  obedience.  It  is  somewhat  remark- 
able, that  in  the  book  of  Job,^  composed  on  purpose  to 
resolve  some  difficulties  in  providence,  where  God  is 
brought  in  as  speaking  himself  out  of  the  whirlwind,  he 
makes  use  of  no  other  argument  than  his  tremendous 
majesty  and  irresistible  power.  Yet  to  rest  the  matter 
wholly  upon  this,  seems  much  the  same  as  founding  vir- 
tue on  mere  will; — therefore  (2)  some  found  the  divine 
dominion  on  his  infinite  excellence,  they  say  it  is  the 
law  of  reason  that  the  wisest  should  rule,  and  therefore 
that  infinite  perfection  is  entitled  to  universal  sway. 
Even  this,  taken  separate  and  alone,  does  not  seem  wholly 
to  satisfy  the  mind.  If  one  person  is  wiser  than  another, 
it  seems  reasonable  that  the  other  should  learn  of  him  and 
imitate  him ;  but  it  scarcely  seems  a  sufficient  reason  that 
the  first  should  have  absolute  authority.  But  perhaps  the 
weakness  of  the  argument,  taken  in  this  view,  may  arise 

'MS.   C  adds  see  Job  chapters  38  and  40  verse  6th,  and  omits 
composed  ....  providence. 


Moral  Philosophy  47 

from  the  inconsiderable  difference  between  man  and  man, 
when  compared  to  the  superiority  of  universal  and  un- 
changeable perfection.  (3)  Some  found  it  upon  creation. 
They  say,  that  God  has  an  absolute  property  in  all  his 
creatures,  he  may  therefore  do  what  he  will  with  his 
own.  This  no  doubt,  goes  a  good  way,  and  carries  con- 
siderable force  with  it  to  the  mind,  the  rather  that,  as  you 
will  afterwards  see,  it  is  something  similar  to  this  in  us, 
that  lays  the  foundation  of  our  most  perfect  rights,  viz. 
That  the  product  of  our  own  industry  is  properly  at 
our  own  disposal. 

As  upon  the  foundation  of  virtue  I  thought  it  necessary 
to  unite  the  principles  of  different  writers,  so  upon  this 
subject,  I  think  that  all  the  three  particulars  mentioned, 
ought  to  be  admitted,  as  the  grounds  of  the  divine  do- 
minion. Omnipotence,  infinite  excellence,  and  the  origi- 
nal production  and  continual  preservation  of  all  creatures. 

2.  Our  duty  to  God  may  be  considered  more  specially, 
as  it  points  out  the  duties  we  owe  immediately  to  himself. 

These  may  be  divided  into  internal  and  external.^ — 
1st.  The  internal  are  all  included  under  the  three  follow- 
ing, love,  fear,  and  trust. 

The  love  of  God,  which  is  the  first  and  great  duty 
both  of  natural  and  revealed  religion,  may  be  explained 
in  a  larger  and  more  popular,  or  in  a  more  precise  and 
stricter  way. 

In  the  first,  love  may  be  resolved  into  the  four  follow- 
ing acts,  (i)  esteem,  (2)  gratitude,  (3)  Benevolence,  (4) 
desire. 

These  four  will  be  found  inseparable  from  true  love; 


48  Moral  Philosophy 

and  it  is  pretty  much  in  the  same  order,  that  the  acts 
succeed  one  another.  Love  is  founded  on  esteem,  on  the 
real  or  supposed  good  quahties  of  the  object.  You  can 
no  more  love  that  which  you  despise  than  that  which  you 
hate.  Gratitude  is  also  inseparable  from  it,  to  have  a 
lively  sense  of  favors  received,  and  to  esteem  them  for 
the  sake  of  the  person  from  whom  they  came.  Benevo- 
lence or  rejoicing  in  the  happiness  and  wishing  well  to  the 
object.  And  lastly,  a  desire  of  a  place  in  his  esteem.^ 
Whatever  we  love,  we  desire  to  possess,  as  far  as  it  is  suit- 
ed to  our  faculties. 

The  stricter,  and  more  precise  method  of  considering 
the  love  of  God,  is  to  divide  it  into  two  branches,  benev- 
olence and  desire.  And  indeed  our  affections  to  God 
seem  to  be  capable  of  the  same  division  as  our  affection  to 
our  fellow-creatures,  benevolent  and  selfish.  I  think  it 
undeniable,  that  there  is  a  disinterested  love  of  God,  which 
terminates  directly  upon  himself,  without  any  immediate 
view  to  our  own  happiness — as  well  as  a  discovery  of  our 
great  interest  in  his  favor. 

The  second  great  duty  to  God,  is  fear;  but  here  we 
must  carefully  distinguish  this  affection  from  one  which 
bears  the  name,  and  is  different  from  it — at  least  in  a 
moral  view  it  is  altogether  opposite.' — Dutiful  fear  is  what 
may  be  otherwise  called  veneration,  and  hath  for  its  ob- 
ject the  infinity  of  the  divine  perfection  in  general,  but 
particularly  his  majesty  and  greatness.  The  other  is 
merely  a  fear  of  evil  or  punishment  from  him :  these  are 
called  sometimes  a  filial  and  a  servile  fear.  The  first  in- 
creases, as  men  improve  in  moral  excellence,  and  the 

^MS.  -A  is  more  explicit  his  or  her  esteem,  male  or  female. 


Moral  Philosophy  49 

other  is  destroyed.  Perfect  love  casteth  out  fear.  Per- 
haps however  opposite,  as  they  have  the  same  name,  they 
may  be  said  to  be  the  same  natural  affection,  only  as  it 
takes  place  in  innocent  or  holy,  and  in  guilty  creatures. 
The  same  majesty  of  God,  which  produces  veneration  in 
the  upright,  produces  horror  and  apprehension  of  punish- 
ment in  the  guilty. 

The  third  great  duty  is  trust.  This  is  a  continual  de- 
pendance  on  God  for  every  thing  we  need,  together  with 
and  approbation  of,  and  absolute  resignation  to  his  prov- 
idence. 

2.  The  external  duties  to  God,  I  shall  briefly  pass  over, 
being  only,  all  proper  and  natural  expressions  of  the  in- 
ternal sentiments. 

It  may  be  proper  however,  to  take  notice  in  general  of 
the  worship  due  to  God,  that  whether  we  consider  the  na- 
ture of  things,  or  the  universal  practice  of  mankind,  in 
all  ages,  worship,  and  that  not  only  private,  but  public 
and  social  worship  is  a  duty  of  natural  religion. 

Some  of  the  enemies  of  revealed  religion,  have  spoken 
with  great  virulence  against  this,  as  unreasonable,  and 
even  dishonorable  to  the  Divine  Being.  The  substance  of 
what  they  say,  is  this,  is  that  as  it  would  be  no  part  of  the 
character  of  an  eminent  and  good  man,  to  desire  and  take 
pleasure  in  others  praising  him  and  recounting  his  good 
qualities,  so  it  is  absurd  to  suppose,  that  the  Supreme  Be- 
ing is  pleased  with  incense,  sacrifices  and  praises.  But  it 
ought  to  be  observed,  that  he  does  not  require  these  acts 
and  exercises  as  any  gratification  to  himself,  but  as  in 
themselves  just  and  necessary  and  suited  to  the  revelation 


50  Moral  Philosophy 

we  stand  in  to  him,  and  useful  for  forming  our  temper 
and  universal  practice.  We  ought  also  to  remember,  that 
we  must  not  immediately  and  without  discrimination,  rea- 
son from  what  would  be  praise  and  blame-worthy  among 
men,  to  what  would  be  just  or  unjust  in  God,  because  the 
circumstances  are  very  different.  Besides,  though  for  any 
man  to  desire  the  applause  of  his  fellow-creatures,  or  be 
pleased  with  adulation,  would  be  a  mean  and  contempti- 
ble character,  because  indeed  there  is  such  unspeakable 
imperfection  in  the  best  of  men,  yet  when  any  duty  or 
sentiment  is  fully  and  manifestly  due  from  man  to  man, 
there  is  nothing  improper  or  dishonorable  in  requiring  or 
expecting  it.  Thus  a  parent  requires  respect  and  submis- 
sion from  his  children,  a  master  from  his  servants ;  and 
though  the  injury  is  merely  personal,  he  thinks  himself 
entitled  to  punish  every  expression  of  contempt  or  disre- 
gard. Again,  every  man  who  has  bestowed  signal  favors 
upon  another,  expects  to  see  evidence  of  a  grateful  and 
sensible  mind,  and  severely  condemns  every  sentiment  or 
action  that  indicates  a  contrary  disposition. 

On  the  whole  then,  we  see  that  if  the  worship  of  God 
be  what  is  due  from  us  to  him  in  consequence  of  the 
relation  we  stand  in  to  him,  it  is  proper  and  necessary  that 
he  should  require  it.  To  honor  God  is  to  honor  supreme 
excellence;  for  him  not  to  expect  and  demand  it,  would 
be  to  deny  himself. 

One  other  difficulty  I  shall  touch  upon  a  little.  It  re- 
spects the  duty  of  prayer;  and  the  objections  lie  equally 
against  it  on  the  footing  of  natural  religion  and  revealed. 
The  objections  are  two.  ( i.)  Why  does  God  who  perfectly 


Moral  Philosophy  3  r 

knows  all  our  wants,  require  and  expect  prayer  before  he 
will  supply  them?  To  this  I  would  answer  that  he  sup- 
plies great  multitudes  of  our  wants  without  asking  it; 
and  as  to  his  requiring  the  duty  of  prayer,  I  say  the  same 
thing  as  of  worship  in  general ;  it  is  reasonable  and  neces- 
sary to  express,  and  to  increase  upon  our  minds,  a  sense  of 
dependance,  and  thereby  lay  us  under  an  obligation  of 
properly  improving  what  we  receive.  (2.)  The  other  ob- 
ligation^ is  with  regard  to  the  force  or  efficacy  of  prayer. 
Why  it  is  said  should  we  pray  when  the  whole  system 
of  divine  providence  is  fixed  and  unalterable  ?  Can  we  pos- 
sibly suppose  that  God  will  change  his  purposes,  from  a 
regard  to  our  cries  or  tears?  To  this  some  answer  no 
otherwise  than  as  before,  that  without  having  any  effect 
upon  the  event,  it  has  only  an  effect  upon  our  minds,  in 
bringing  us  to  a  right  temper.  Dr.  Leechman  of  Glasgow, 
in  his  discourse  on  prayer,  makes  no  other  answer  to  this 
difficulty.  But  I  think  to  rest  it  here,  and  admit  that  it 
has  no  influence  in  the  way  of  causality  upon  the  event, 
would  in  a  great  measure  break  the  force  and  fervency  of 
prayer.  I  would  therefore  say  further,  that  prayer  has 
a  real  efficacy  on  the  event,  and  just  as  much  as  any  other 
second  cause.  The  objection  arises  from  going  beyond 
our  depth,  and  reasoning  from  the  unchangeable  purpose 
of  God  to  human  actions,  which  is  always  unjust  and  falla- 
cious.— However  unable  we  may  be  to  explain  il,  not- 
withstanding the  fixed  plan  of  providence,  there  is  a  real 
influence  of  second  causes  both  natural  and  moral,  and  I 
apprehend  the  connection  between  cause  and  effect  is  sim- 

'  MSS.  A  and  C  objection,  an  obviously  correct  reading  not  found 
in  any  of  the  editions. 


vy 


52  Moral  Philosophy 

ilar  in  both  cases.  If  it  is  fixed  from  eternity  that  there 
shall  be  a  plentiful  crop  upon  a  certain  field  I  know  that 
nothing  whatsoever  can  prevent  it,  if  otherwise  the  efforts 
of  the  whole  creation  cannot  produce  it;  yet  I  know  as 
certainly  that,  hypothetically,  if  it  is  not  ploughed  and 
sown  there  will  be  no  grain  upon  it,  and  that  if  it  be  prop- 
erly manured  and  dressed  it  will  probably  be  fruitful. 
Thus  in  moral  matters,  prayer  has  as  real  an  influence  in 
procuring  the  blessing  as  ploughing  and  sowing  has  in 
procuring  the  crop ;  and  it  is  as  consistent  with  the  estab- 
lished order  of  nature  and  the  certainty  of  events  in  the 
one  case,  as  in  the  other :  for  this  reason  the  stoical  fate 
of  old,  was  called  the  ignava  ratio  of  the  stoics,  as  they 
sometimes  made  use  of  the  above  fallacious  reasoning. 


LECTURE    VIII. 

2.  We  come  now  to  our  duty  to  man.  This  may  be 
reduced  to  a  short  sum,  by  ascending  to  its  principle. 
Love  to  others,  sincere  and  active,  is  the  sum  of  our 
duty. 

Benevolence,  I  formerly  observed,  ought  not  to  be  con- 
sidered as  the  whole  of  virtue,  but  it  certainly  is  the  prin- 
ciple and  sum  of  that  branch  of  duty  which  regards 
others. 

We  may  distinguish  between  ( i )  particular  kind  affec- 
tion, and  (2)  a  calm  and  deliberate  good-will  to  all. — The 
particular  kind  affections,  as  to  family,  friends,  country, 
seem  to  be  implanted  by  nature,  to  strengthen  the  general 


Moral  Philosophy  53 

principle,  for  it  is  only  or  chiefly  by  doing  good  to  those 
we  are  particularly  related  to,  that  we  can  promote  the 
general  happiness. 

Particular  kind  affections  should  be  restrained  and  di- 
rected by  a  calm  good-will  to  all.  Wherever  our  attach- 
ments to  private  persons  prevents  a  greater  good,  they  be- 
come irregular  and  excessive. 

Some  think  that  a  calm  and  settled  good  will  to  others, 
is  an  improvement  of  the  particular  affections,  and  arises 
from  the  more  narrow  to  the  more  extensive;  from 
family,  friends,  country,  to  all  our  fellow  creatures.  But 
it  seems  more  reasonable  to  say,  that  the  general  affection 
is  a  dictate  of  our  conscience  of  a  superior  kind.  If  it 
were  only  an  increase  and  extension  of  the  private  affec- 
tion it  would  grow  more  weak,  as  the  distance  from  our- 
selves increased,  whereas  in  fact  the  more  enlarged  affec- 
tions are  intended  to  be  more  powerful  than  the  confined. 

When  we  are  speaking  of  kind  affections,  it  will  not 
be  improper  to  observe  that  some  unbelievers  have  ob- 
jected against  the  gospel,  that  it  does  not  recommend 
private  friendship  and  the  love  of  our  country.  But  if 
fairly  considered,  as  the  Scripture,  both  by  example  and 
precept,  recommends  all  particular  affections,  so  it  is  to 
its  honor  that  it  sets  the  love  of  mankind  above  them 
every  one,  and  by  so  much  insisting  on  the  forgiveness 
of  injuries  and  the  love  of  enemies,  it  has  carried  benev- 
olence to  its  greatest  perfection.  The  parable  of  the 
Samaritan  in  answer  to  the  question,  who  is  my  neigh- 
bor? is  one  of  the  greatest  beauties  in  moral  painting 
any  where  to  be  seen. 


54  Moral  Philosophy 

The  love  of  our  country  to  be  sure,  is  a  noble  and 
enlarged  affection,  and  those  who  have  sacrificed  private 
ease  and  family  relations  to  it,  have  become  illustrious, 
yet  the  love  of  mankind  is  still  greatly  superior.  Some- 
times attachment  to  country  appears^  in  a  littleness  of 
mind,  thinking  all  other  nations'^  inferior,  and  foolishly 
believing  that  knowledge,  virtue  and  valor  are  all  confined 
to  themselves.  As  the  Romans  long  ago  made  the  Punka 
fides  to  mean  deceit,  so  there  are  not  wanting  among  us 
those  who  think  that  all  the  French  are  interested, 
treacherous  and  cowardly. 

On  the  great  law  of  love  to  others,  I  shall  only  say 
further  that  it  ought  to  have  for  its  object  their  greatest 
and  best  interest,  and  therefore  implies  wishing  and 
doing  them  good  in  soul  and  body. 

It  is  necessary  now  to  descend  to  the  application  of 
this  principle  to  particular  duties,  and  to  examine  what 
are  the  rights  or  claims  that  one  man  has  upon  another. 
Rights  and  obligations  are  correlative  terms.  Whatever 
others  have  a  just  right  or  title  to  claim  from  me.  that  is 
my  duty,  or  what  I  am  obliged  to  do  to  them. 

Righf^  in  general  may  be  reduced,  as  to  its  source,  to 
the  supreme  law  of  moral  duty ;  for  whatever  men  are  in 
duty  obliged  to  do,  that  they  have  a  claim  to,  and  other 
men  are  considered  as  under  an  obligation  to  permit  them. 
Again,  as  our  own  happiness  is  a  lawful  object  or  end, 
we  are  supposed  to  have  each  a  right  to  prosecute  this; 
but  as  our  prosecutions  may  interfere  we  limit  each  others 
rights,  and  a  man  is  said  to  have  a  right  or  power  to 

*MS.  C  inserts  to  have  its  foundation.  "MSS.  A  and  B  relations. 
*MS.  B  omits  this  paragraph. 


Moral  Philosophy  55 

promote  his  own  happiness  by  those  means  which  are  not 
in  themselves  criminal  or  injurious  to  others. 

Rights  may  be  divided  or  classed  in  several  different 
ways;  an  attention  to  all  of  which  is  of  use  on  this  sub- 
ject. Right  may  be  (i)  natural  or  acquired.  Natural 
rights  are  such  as  are  essential  to  man,  and  universal. — 
acquired  are  those  that  are  the  fruits  of  industry,  the  ef- 
fects of  accident  or  conquest."*  A  man  has  a  natural  right 
to  act  for  his  own  preservation  and  to  defend  himself 
from  injury,  but  not  a  natural  right  to  domineer,^  to  riches 
(comparatively  speaking)  or  to  any  particular  office  in  a 
constituted  state. 

(2.)  Rights  are  considered  as  j)erfect  and  imperfect. 
Those  are  called  perfect  rights  which  can  be  clearly  as- 
certained in  their  circumstances,  and  which  we  may  make 
use  of  force  to  obtain  when  they  are  denied  us.  Imper- 
fect rights  are  such  as  we  may  demand,  and  others  ought 
to  give  us,  yet  we  have  no  title  to  compel  them.  Self- 
preservation  is  a  perfect  right,  but  to  have  a  grateful  re- 
turn for  a  favor  is  not  a  perfect  right. 

All  the  duties  of  justice  are  founded  on  the  perfect 
rights ;  those  of  mercy  generally  on  the  imperfect  rights. 

The  violation  of  an  imperfect  right  is  often  as  great 
an  act  of  immorality  as  that  of  a  perfect  right.  It  is  often 
as  immoral,  or  more  so,  to  refuse  to  supply  the  neces- 
sitous, or  to  do  it  too  sparingly,  as  to  commit  a  small  in- 
jury against  a  man's  person  or  fortune.  Yet  the  last  is 
the  breach  of  perfect  right,  and  the  other  of  an  imper- 
fect. 

*  The  MSS.  read  compact.  "  MSS.  A  and  B  dominion,  and  MS.  C 
omits  to  domineer. 


56  Moral  Philosophy 

Human^  laws  reach  only,  in  ordinary  cases,  to  the  per- 
fect rights.  Sometimes  imperfect  rights  by  being  car- 
ried far  become  perfect,  as  humanity  and  gentleness  in 
a  parent  to  a  child  may  be  so  grossly  violated  as  to  war- 
rant the  interposition  of  human  authority. 

(3.)  Rights  are  alienable  and  unalienable.  The  first 
we  may,  according  to  justice  and  prudence,  surrender  or 
give  up  by  our  own  act ;  the  others  we  may  not.  A  man 
may  give  away  his  own  goods,  lands,  money.  There 
are  several  things  which  he  cannot  give  away,  as  a  right 
over  his  own  knowledge,  thoughts,  &c.  Others''^  which  he 
ought  not,  as  a  right  to  judge  for  himself  in  all  matters 
of  religion,  his  right  to  self-preservation,  provision,  &c. 
Some  say  that  liberty  is  unalienable,  and  that  those  who 
have  even  given  it  away  may  lawfully  resume  it. 

The  distinction  between  rights  as  alienable  and  unalien- 
able is  very  different  from  that  of  natural  and  acquired. 
Many  of  the  rights  which  are  strictly  natural  and  univer- 
sal may  be  alienated  in  a  state  of  society  for  the  good  of 
the  whole  as  well  as  of  private  persons;  as  for  example, 
the  right  of  self-defence;  this  is  in  a  great  measure  given 
up  in  a  state  of  civil  government  into  the  hands  of  the 
public — and  the  right  of  doing  justice  to  ourselves  or  to 
others  in  matters  of  property,  is  wholly  given  up. 

(4.)  Rights  may  be  considered  as  they  differ  with  re- 
gard to  their  object,  i.  Rights  we  have  over  our  own 
persons  and  actions.  This  class  is  called  liberty.  2. 
Rights  over  things  or  goods  which  belong  to  us.  This  is 
called  property.  3.  Rights  over  the  persons  and  actions 
of  other  men.  This  is  called  authority.  4.  Rights  in  the 
•MS.  C  omits  sentence.    ''MSS.  B  and  C  omit  this  sentence. 


Moral  Philosophy  57 

things  which  are  the  property  of  others,  which  are  of 
several  sorts. 

When  we  come  to  the  second  great  division  of  moral 
philosophy,  politics,  the  above  distinctions  will  be  more 
fully  explained — at  present  it  is  sufficient  to  point  at  them 
in  order  to  show  what  are  the  great  lines^  of  duty  from 
man  to  man. 

Our  duty  to  others,  therefore,  may  be  all  comprehend- 
ed in  these  two  particulars,  justice  andmercy. 

Justice  consists  in  giving  or  permiting  others  to  enjoy 
whatever  they  have  a  perfect  right  to — and  making  such 
an  use  of  our  own  rights  as  not  to  encroach  upon  the 
rights  of  others.  There  is  one  writer,  David  Hume, 
who  has  derided'^  the  duty  of  justice,  resolving  it  wholly 
into  power  and  conveniency,  and  has  affirmed  that  prop- 
erty is  common,  than  which  nothing  can  be  more  con- 
trary to  reason;  for  if  there  is  anything  clear  as  a  dictate 
of  reason,  it  is,  that  there  are  many  rights  which  men 
severally  possess,  which  others  ought  not  to  violate.  The 
foundation  of  property  in  goods,  I  will  afterwards  show 
you  is  plainly  laid  in  the  social  state. 

Another  virtue  which  this  author  ridicules  is  chastity. 
This  however  will  be  found  to  be  included  in  justice, 
and  to  be  found  in  the  sentiments  of  all  nations,  and  to 
have  the  clearest  foundation  both  in  nature  and  public 
utility. 

Mercy  is  the  other  great  branch  of  our  duty  to  man, 
and  is  the  exercise  of  the  benevolent  principle  in  general, 
and  of  the  several  particular  kind  affections.  Its  acts, 
generally  speaking,  belong  to  the  class  of  imperfect  rights, 

•MS.  A  laivs;  MS.  C  kinds.     'MS.  C  denied. 


(^ 


58  Moral  Philosophy 

which  are  strongly  binding  upon  the  conscience,  and  ab- 
solutely necessary  to  the  subsistence  of  human  society ;  yet 
such  as  cannot  be  enforced  with  rigor  and  precision  by 
human  laws. 

Mercy  may  be  generally  explained  by  a  readiness  to  do 
all  the  good  offices  to  others  that  they  stand  in  need  of, 
and  are  in  our  power,  unless  they  are  opposed  to  some 
perfect  right,  or  an  imperfect  one  of  greater  moment. 


LECTURE  IX. 

3.  The  third  class  of  moral  duties  is  what  contains 
our  duty  to  ourselves. 

This  branch  of  duty  is  as  real  and  as  much  founded  in 
the  moral  principle,  as  any  of  the  former — Conscience  as 
clearly  testifies  the  evil  of  neglecting  it — and  vicious  con- 
duct in  this  respect  does  generally  lead  us  directly  not 
only  to  misery,  but  to  shame. 

We  may,  I  think,  divide  our  duties  to  ourselves  into 
two  heads,  which  will  be  both  distinct  and  comprehensive, 
(i.)  Self-government.     (2.)  Self-interest. 

The  first  of  these  is  to  keep  our  thoughts,  desires  and 
affections,  in  due  moderation.  If  it  be  asked  what  is  due 
moderation,  I  answer  it  may  be  discovered  three  ways, 
(i.)  When  the  indulgence  interferes  with  our  duty  to 
God,  (2.)  To  ourselves,  and,  (3.)  To  our  neighbor. 

When  our  thoughts  or  desires  are  such  as  to  be  contra- 
ry to  the  love,  fear,  or  trust  we  owe  to  God,  then  they  are 
to  be  restrained  and  brought  into  subjection. — Thus  are 


Moral  Philosophy  59 

generated  the  virtues  of  humility,  contentment,  patience, 
and  such  as  are  allied  to  them. 

When  our  thoughts  and  inward  temper  are  such  as  to 
I>e  any  way  injurious  to  others,  they  must  be  governed 
and  restrained;  hence  arises  the  obligation  to  guard 
against  all  the  immoraP  passions,  which  will  produce 
meekness  and  composure  of  spirit. 

And  when  we  have  got  but  a  little  experience  we  shall 
speedily  find  that  an  excessive  indulgence  of  any  passion, 
love,  hatred,  anger,  fear,  discomposes  us  exceedingly, 
and  is  an  evil  instead  of  a  blessing.  We  shall  therefore 
perceive  the  necessity  of  continence,  self-denial,  forti- 
tude, restraint,  and  moderation  in  every  thing  how  good 
soever.  (2.)  The  other  general  branch  of  duty  to  our- 
selves may  be  called  sd.f-intere^t"This,  taking  in  natural 
religion,  includes  our  relation  to  the  Divine  Being,  and 
attending  particularly  to  that'-^  of  procuring  his  favor. 
Therefore  it  is  a  prime  part  of  our  duty  to  ourselves,  to 
guard  against  any  thing  that  may  be  hurtful  to  our  moral  l^' 
^character,  or  religious  hopes. 

2.  We  ought  to  be  active  and  diligent  in  acquiring 
every  thing  necessary  for  life  and  comfort.  Most  of  our 
duties  to  ourselves,  resemble  the  duties  of  justice  and 
mercy  to  others.  If  there  are  certain  offices  due  to  them, 
and  if  they  have  rights  and  claims  in  consequence  of 
their  state  and  relations,  the  same  is  the  case  with  our- 
selves. We  are  therefore  to  take  all  proper  methods 
to  preserve  and  acquire  the  goods  both  of  mind  and  body. 

'MSS.  A  and  C  irascible;  MS.  B  invisible.    'The  MSS.  read  the 

ii>ay. 


6o  Moral  Philosophy 

To  acquire  knowledge,   to  preserve  health,   reputation, 
possessions. 

The  whole  must  be  kept  within  some  limits;  chiefly 
we  must  guard  against  interfering  with  the  rights  of 
others. 

It  will  be  proper  before  concluding  this  part  of  the  sub- 
ject, to  take  notice  of  the  opinions  of  the  ancients,  par- 
ticularly their  enumeration  of  what  are  called  the  cardi- 
nal virtues. 

Their  cardinal  virtues  were  justice,  temperance,  prur- 
dence,  and  fortitude.  Justice  included  the  whole  of  our 
duty  to  our  neighbor.  Humanity  or  benevolence  you 
see  is  kept  out  of  view,  though  a  virtue  of  the  first  ciass; 
but  all  its  exercises  are  with  them  ranked  under  the  heads^ 
of  justice;  temperance  was  by  them  considered  as  much 
more  extensive  than  being  moderate  in  the  use  of  meats 
and  drink,  to  which  the  English  word  is  chiefly  confined. 
The  EvKpareia  of  the  Greeks  signified  not  only  abstinence 
in  meats  and  drink,  but  continence  or  purity,  and  a  moder- 
ation of  all  our  desires  of  whatever  kind,  of  fame  and 
riches,  as  well  as  pleasures.  Prudence,  even  in  the  way 
they  generally  explain  it,  seems  scarcely  to  be  a  moral,  or* 
so  much  as  a  natural  quality.  Prudence  they  say  is  taking 
the  wisest  course  to  obtain  some  good  end.  The  placing 
this  among  the  cardinal  virtues  will  show  how  matters 
stood  among  them.  Great  parts  or  talents  were  in  high 
esteem  among  them.  They  did  not  very  fully  distinguish 
between  a  good  man,  and  a  great  man.  Prudence  seems 
rather  an  embellishment  of  an  illustrious  character,  than 
a  moral  virtue.    Another  reason  why  Prudence  seems  to 

'The   MSS.  read  head.     *  Omitted  in  the  MSS. 


Moral  Philosophy  6i 

have  held  such  a  place  among  the  ancients  was,  that 
their  chief  foundation  for  virtue  was  interest,  or  what  will 
produce  happiness.  The  inquiry  upon  this  subject  was, 
what  is  the  summum  bonum.  Now  to  this,  prudence  is 
very  necessary.  Agreeably  to  all  this  they  commonly 
called  the  virtuous  man,  the  wise  man,  and  he  was  al- 
ways an  hero. 

Fortitude  is  easily  understood,  and  may  be  considered 
in  two  lights,  as  active  and  passive,  which  gives^  the  two 
great  virtues  of  patience  and  valor. 

One  of  the  most  remarkable  qualities'^  in  morals  among 
the  ancients,  was  the  debate  upon  the  Stoical  position, 
that  pain  is  no  evil,  nor  pleasure  any  good.  This  arises 
fiom  comparing  external  things  with  the  temper  of  the 
mind,  when  it  appears  without  doubt  that  the  latter  is  of 
much  more  consequence  to  happiness  than  the  former. 
They  used  to  reason  thus, — Outward  possessions  when 
bestowed  upon  a  bad  man,  make  him  no  better  but  worse, 
and  finally  more  miserable.  How  then  can  these  be 
goods'''  in  themselves  which  become  good  or  evil,  accord- 
ing to  the  state  of  him  that  uses  them.  They  were  there- 
fore called  the  things  indifferent.  There  was  something 
strained  and  extravagant  in  some  of  their  writings,  and 
perhaps  ostentatious,  yet  a  great  deal  of  true  and  just 
reasoning.  The  most  beautiful  piece  of  antiquity  in  the 
moral  way,  is  the  Tablature  of  Cebes. 

Let  us  now  recapitulate  what  we  have  gone  through, 

^MSS.  A  and  B  joins. 

•The  MSS.  read  questions  which  is  obviously  correct;  but  the  error 
is   repeated   in   all  the   editions.     'MS.  C  good. 


62  Moral  Philosophy 

and  then  add  some  observation  or  corrolaries  on  the  mo- 
rality of  actions.    We  have  considered, 

1.  The  nature  of  man. 

2.  The  nature,  foundation,  and  obhgation  of  virtue. 

3.  Have  given  a  sort  of  general  analysis  of  the 
moral  laws  as  pointing  out  our  duty  to  God,  to  our  neigh- 
bor, and  ourselves. 

We  must  now  consider  all  morality  in  general  as  con- 
formity to  a  law.  We  have  seen  above  whence  this  law 
is  collected,  and  derives  its  authority.  Men  may  differ, 
not  only  as  to  the  foundation  but  as  to  the  import  or 
meaning  of  the  law  in  some  particulars,  but  it  is  always 
supposed  that  the  law  exists. 

The  morality  of  actions  may  be  considered  in  two  dif- 
ferent lights  but  these  very  nearly  related  to  each  other, 
(i.)  As  they  are  ranked  and  disposed  of  by  the  law 
itself  (2)  in  the  conformity  or  opposition  of  the  actions 
to  the  law. 

Under  the  first  view  an  action  is  either  commanded, 
forbidden,  or  permitted. 

Commanded  duties  oblige  absolutely,  and  as  casuists 
used  to  say,  semper  non  vero  ad  semper,  that  is  to  say, 
they  are  obligatory  upon  all  persons,  at  the  seasons  that 
are  proper  for  them,  but  not  upon  every  person  at  every 
time ;  because  then  there  could  be  but  one  moral  duty, 
all  men  are  obliged  to  worship  God,  but  this  only  at 
certain  times,  other  duties  have  also  their  place  and  sea- 
son. 

Prohibitions  oblige  semper  ad  semper,  all  persons  at 
all   times. — We  must  not  lie — this   obliges  every  man 


Moral  Philosophy  63 

at  every  moment,  because  no  time  or  circumstances  can 
make  it  lawful. 

On  permission  we  may  observe  several  things. 

1.  There  is  (as  some  say,)  a  two-fold  permission,  the 
one  full  and  absolute,  which  not  only  gives  us  a  right  to 
certain  things  with  impunity,  but  implies  a  positive  ap- 
probation of  the  legislator,  and  the  other  implies  only 
that  the  action  is  left  at  large,  being  neither  commanded 
nor  forbidden. 

2.  Permission  in  natural  laws  always  implies  the  ap- 
probation of  the  legislator,  and  whatever  is  done  in  con- 
sequence of  it,  is  innocently  done,  for  God  and  con- 
science does  not  permit  or  pass  uncondemned^  any  bad 
action. 

3.  It  is  otherwise  in  human  laws,  if  they  leave  any 
action  open,  it  may  be  done  with  impunity,  and  yet  by 
no  means  with  approbation.  I  may  have  a  right  by 
human  laws  to  say  things  in  a  covered  or  couched  man- 
ner, which  yet  may  carry  in  them  the  highest  degree  of 
malignity. 

4.  The  truth  is  when  we  consider  the  morality  of 
action  in  a  strict  or  proper  manner,  the  whole  class  of 
permitted  actions  vanishes.  They  become  by  their  in- 
tention and  application  either  good  or  bad. 

Considering  actions  in  their  conformity  to  the  laws,  a 
distinction  arises^  similar  to  the  former,  into  ^^ood  or  just, 
bad  and  indifferent. 

A  good  action  must  be  wholly  conformable  to  the  law 
in  its  substance,  and  in  all  its  circumstances.     It  is  not 

'  MS.  C  unpunished.    "  MSS.  A  and  B  insert  sometimes. 


64  Moral  Philosophy 

enough  that  it  be  materially  good,  the  time  must  be 
proper,  and  the  intention  laudabh. 

A  bad  action  is  that  which  either  in  substance  or  in 
any  circumstance  is  contrary  to  the  law. 

In  consequence  of  this,  strictly  and  properly  speaking, 
all  truly  good  or  just  actions  are  equally  so,  arising  from 
a  perfect  conformity  to  the  law,  as  all  straight  lines  are 
equally  straight,  but  all  bad  actions  are  not  equally  bad, 
as  lines  may  be  bent  in  a  different  degree  from  the  straight 
direction. 

Indifferent  actions,  (if  there  are  any  truly  such,)  are 
those  that  are  permitted,  and  neither  commanded  nor 
forbidden  by  the  law,  but  when  we  consider  the  spirit 
and  principles  of  true  morality,  we  shall  find  no  actions 
wholly  indift'erent,  because  we  are  under  an  obligation 
to  promote  the  happiness  of  ourselves  and  others,  to 
which  every  action  may  be  applied  immediately  or  re- 
motely; and  subjection  to  the  Divine  will  may  make  a 
part  of  our  design  in  doing  or  forbearing  any  thing  what- 
ever. 

In  estimating  the  morality  of  actions  several  circum- 
stances must  be  considered,  (i)  the  good  done  (2)  the 
principle  from  which  it  flows, — self-interest  of  the  con- 
tracted kind,  benevolence  or  hope  of  reward.  (3)  The 
hindrances  or  opposition  that  must  be  surmounted,  as 
interest,  inclination,  difficulty.  An  objection  seems  to 
arise  from  this,  not  easily  solved.  If  an  action  is  the  more 
virtuous,  the  more  opposition,  internal  and  external,  that 
is  overcome,  then  the  longer  man  has  had  the  habit  of 
virtue,  and  the  more  completely  it  is  formed,  the  less 


Moral  Philosophy  65 

merit  in  his  actions.  It  seems  also  to  take  away  all  moral 
excellence  from  the  Deity,  who  cannot  be  supposed 
to  have  the  least  opposition  to  encounter  either  from  with- 
in or  without.  This  objection  cannot  be  easily  removed, 
but  by  saying,  that  the  opposition  is  in  no  other  respect  an 
evidence  of  the  good  moral  temper,  but  as  it  shows  the 
strength  of  that  inclination  that  overcomes  it,  and  there- 
fore, when  a  moral  habit  is  so  strong  as  to  overcome  and 
annihilate  all  opposition,  it  is  so  much  the  more  excel- 
lent. 

An  action  good  in  itself,  may  be  made  criminal  by  an 
evil  intention. 

But  no  action,  in  itself  evil,  can  be  made  lawful  or 
laudable  by  a  good  intention. 

A  man  is  obliged  to  follow  the  dictates  of  conscience; 
yet  a  mistaken  conscience  does  not  wholly  absolve  from 
guilt,  because  he  ought  to  have  been  at  more  pains  to  ob- 
tain information. 

An  action  is  not  virtuous  in  proportion  to  its  opposite 
being  vicious.  It  is  no  high  degree  of  virtue  to  love  our 
offspring,  or  provide  for  a  family ;  but  to  neglect  either  is 
exceedingly  vicious. 

One  phenomenon  in  human  nature,  nearly  connected 
with  the  moral  feelings,  has  been  particularly  considered 
by  some  writers,  viz.  that  there  is  such  a  disposition  in 
the  generality  of  men  to  croud  to  see  objects  of  distress, 
as  an  extraordinary  public  execution.  What  is  the  de- 
sire that  prompts  to  it?  Is  the  sight  of  misery  a  pleasant 
feeling?  Some  resolve  it  merely  into  curiosity,  which 
they  consider  as  a  natural  and  original  impression.     But 


66  Moral  Philosophy 

there  seems  to  be  something  in  it  different  from  novelty. , 
Others  say  it  arises  from  benevolence,  and  is  an  exer- 
cise of  compassion,  and  that  we  have  a  strong  natural  im- 
pulse to  the  aft'ection  of  pity,  and  really  feel  a  pleasure  in 
indulging  it.  But  though  every  well  disposed  mind  is 
highly  susceptible  of  pity,  at  least  of  all  the  benevolence 
and  help  that  pity  suggests  when  the  object  presents  itself, 
we  can  scarcely  say  that  the  feeling  is  pleasant,  or  that  we 
have  a  desire  after  such  objects,  in  order  to  the  gratifica- 
tion. 

They  who  reason  on  the  selfish  scheme,  as  usual,  resolve 
all  into  private  interest;  they  say  we  delight  to  see  objects 
of  distress,  because  it  gives  a  secret  satisfaction  in  reflect- 
ing upon  our  own  different  situation.  I  believe  there  is 
such  a  satisfaction  in  narrow  and  contracted  minds ;  but  to 
those  tolerably  disposed  it  has  an  opposite  effect ;  it  makes 
them  rather  consider  the  calamities  which  they  themselves 
are  subject  to,  than  those  from  which  they  are  free. 

Perhaps  it  would  be  best  to  take  more  than  one  princi- 
ple to  account  for  this  effect — curiosity  must  make  a  part, 
and  probably  humanity  and  compassion,  also  contribute 
to  it.  It  seems  to  be  thought  some  little  alleviation  to  the 
sufferer's  misery  when  others  pity  him^ — Yet  prudent 
persons  knowing  how  unavailing  this  pity  is,  often  choose 
to  be  absent. 

Sympathy  is  a  particular  affection  in  aid  of  benevolence 
— Yet  like  all  other  private  affections,  when  it  is  not  mod- 
erated, it  prevents  its  own  effect — One  deeply  affected 
with  the  view  of  an  object  of  distress,  is  often  thereby 
incapacitated  to  assist  him. 

Another  question  is  sometimes  subjoined  to  the  above. 


Moral  Philosophy  67 

why  men  have  pleasure  in  seeing  Tragedy,  which  is  a 
striking  representation  of  a  melancholy  catastrophe.  As 
far  as  the  subject  differs  from  Comedy,  it  may  be  account- 
ed for  on  the  same  principles  with  the  desire  to  see  objects 
of  distress — But  one  powerful  principle  leads  both  to 
Comedy  and  Tragedy — a  pleasure  in  the  imitative  arts, 
an  exact  portrait  of  any  object  whatever  gives  the  highest 
pleasure,  even  though  the  object  itself  were  originally 
terrible  or  disgusting. 

We  see  plainly,  that  an  indulgence  of  the  pleasure 
given  by  a  fine  performance  is  what  crowds  the  theatre. 
Unhappily,  to  give  greater  pleasure  to  a  corrupt  mind, 
they  often  invent  such  scenes,  and  conduct  the  matter 
so,  as  to  make  the  stage^*^  the  greatest  enemy  to  virtue  and 
good  morals. 


LECTURE   X. 

Of  Politics. 

Politics  contain  the  principles  of  social  union,  and 
the  rules  of  duty  in  a  state  of  society. — This  is  but 
another  and  more  complete  view  of  the  same  things 
drawn  out  more  fully,  and  applied  to  particular  cases. 

'"  MS.  C  to  make  the  greatest  hero  a  enemy.  Dr.  Withcrspoon's 
hostile  attitude  toward  the  stage  is  more  strongly  expressed  in  his 
"Serious  inquiry  into  the  nature  and  effects  of  the  stage"  (Glasgow 
1757),  and  in  his  "Letter  respecting  play-actors,"  both  of  which  may 
be  found  in  his  "Works."  The  "Letter"  was  dictated  late  in  1793  or 
early  in  1794  in  criticism  of  a  complimentary  reference  by  Philip 
Freneau  in  the  National  Gazette  to  the  condition  of  the  theatre  in 
America,  and  was  so  severe  that  no  newspaper  would  publish  it.  Tt 
appeared  posthumously  in  the  "Works." 


68  Moral  Philosophy 

/  Political  law  is  the  authority  of  any  society  stampt 
upon  moral  duty. 

The  first  thing  to  be  considered,  in  order  to  see  upon 
what  principles  society  is  formed,  is  the  state  immediately 
previous  to  the  social  state.  This  is  called  the  state  of 
nature — Violent  and  unnecessary  controversies  have  been 
made  on  that  subject.  Some  have  denied  that  any  such 
thing  ever  existed,  that  since  there  were  men,  they  have 
always  been  in  a  social  state.  And  to  be  sure,  this  is  so 
far  true,  that  in  no  example  or^  fact,  could  it  ever  last 
long.  Yet  it  is  impossible  to  consider  society  as  a  voluntary 
union  of  particular  persons,  without  supposing  those  per- 
sons in  a  state  somewhat  different,  before  this  union  took 
place — There^  are  rights  therefore  belonging  to  a  state  of 
nature,  different  from  those  of  a  social  state. 

And  distinct  societies  or  states  independent,  are  at  this 
moment  in  a  state  of  nature,  or  natural  liberty,  with  re- 
gard to  each  other. 

Another  famous  question  has  been,  Is  the  state  of  na- 
ture a  state  of  war  or  peace?  Hobbes,  an  author  of  consid- 
erable note,  but  of  very  illiberal  sentiments  in  politics,  is  a 
strenuous  advocate  for  a  state  of  nature  being  a  state  of 
war.  Hutchinson^  and  Shaftsbury  plead  strongly,  that  a 
state  of  nature  is  a  state  of  society.  However  opposite 
and  hostile  their  opinions  seem  to  be  with  regard  to  each 
other,  it  seems  no  hard  matter  to  reconcile  them.  That 
the  principles  of  our  nature  lead  to  society — that  our  hap- 
piness and  the  improvement  of  our  powers  are  only  to  be 
had  in  society,  is  of  the  most  undoubted  certainty — and 
that  in  our  nature,  as  it  is  the  work  of  God,  there  is  a  real 

'MS.  A  in.    "MS.  C  omits  this  sentence.    ^  Hutcheson. 


Moral  Philosophy  69 

good-will  and  benevolence  to  others :  but  on  the  other 
hand,  that  our  nature  as  it  is  now,  when  free  and  inde- 
pendent, is  prone  to  injury,  and  consequently  to  war,  is 
equally  manifest,  and  that  in  a  state  of  natural  liberty, 
there  is  no  other  way  but  force,  for  preserving  security 
and  repelling  injury.  The  inconveniences  of  the  natural 
state  are  very  many.^ 

One  class  of  the  above-mentioned  writers  say,  that  na- 
ture prompts  to  society,  and  the  other,  that  necessity  and 
interest  obliges  to  it — both  are  equally  true. 

Supposing  then  the  state  of  natural  liberty  antecedent 
to  society  to  be  a  reality,  let  us  consider  the  perfect  and 
imperfect  rights  belonging  to  that  state,  that  we  may  see 
more  distinctly  how,  and  why  they  differ  in  a  social  state. 

The  perfect  rights  in  a  state  of  natural  liberty,  are 
(i.)  a  right  to  life.  (2.)  A  right  to  employ  his  faculties 
and  industry  for  his  own  use.  (3.)  A  right  to  things  that 
are  common  and  necessary,  as  air,  water,  earth.  (4.)  A 
right  to  personaP  liberty.  (5.)  A  power  over  his  own  life, 
not  to  throw  it  away  unnecessarily,  but  for  a  good  reason. 
(6.)  A  right  of  private  judgment  in  matters  of  opinion. 
(7.)  A  right  to  associate,  if  he  so  incline,  with  any  person 
or  persons,  whom  he  can  persuade  (not  force) — Under 
this  is  contained  the  right  to  marriage.  (8.)  A  right 
to  character,  that  is  to  say,  innocence  (not  fame) — It  is 
easy  to  perceive  that  all  these  rights  belong  to  a  state  of 
natural  liberty,  and  that  it  would  be  unjust  and  unequal 
for  any  individual  to  hinder  or  abridge  another  in  any 
one  of  them,  without  consent,  or  unless  it  be  in  just  re- 
taliation for  injury  received. 

^  MS.   C   omits   sentence.     °  MS.    A    natural. 


70  Moral  Philosophy 

The  imperfect  natural  rights  are  very  numerous,  but 
they  are  nearly  the  same  in  a  state  of  nature  as  in  a  state 
of  society,  as  gratitude,  compassion,  mutual  good  offices — 
if  they  will  be  no  injury  to  the  person  performing  them — 
Indeed  they  must  be  the  same  in  a  natural  and  in  a  social 
state,  because  the  very  definition  of  an  imperfect  right  is 
such  as  you  cannot  use  force  to  obtain.  Now,  what  you 
ought  not  to  use  force  to  obtain  in  a  state  of  natural 
liberty,  human  laws  in  a  well  constituted  state  will  not 
give  you. 

Society  I  would  define  to  be  an  association  or  compact 
of  any  number  of  persons,  to  deliver  up  or  abridge  some 
part  of  their  natural  rights,  in  order  to  have  the  strength 
of  the  united  body,  to  protect  the  remaining,  and  to  be- 
stow others. 

Hobbes  and  some  other  writers  of  the  former  age,  treat 
with  great  contempt,  this  which  is  generally  called  the 
social  compact. — He  insists  that  monarchy  is  the  law  of 
nature.  Few  are  of  his  sentiments  now,  at  least  in 
Britain,  yet  it  is  proper  to  trace  them  to  the  foundation. 

It  is  to  be  admitted,  that  society  began  first  insensibly 
by  families,  and  almost  necessarily.  Hence  parental  au- 
thority was  the  first  law,  and  perhaps  it  extended  for  two 
or  three  generations  in  the  early  ages.  Though  the  pat- 
rons of  monarchy  use  this  as  an  argument,  it  does  not 
favor  their  scheme — This  which  they  call  the  patriarchal 
government,  could  not  extend  far ;  or  supposing  it  could, 
there  would  be  but  one  rightful  king  in  all  the  earth,  the 
lineal  descendant  of  Adam's  eldest  son,^  not  to  mention 

*  MS.  A  omits  eldest  son. 


Moral  Philosophy  71 

that  the  very  order  of  succession  in  hereditary  right,  has 
never  been  uniform,  and  is  but  of  late,  settled  in  the 
European  nations. 

The  truth  is,  though  man  for  wise  reasons,  afterwards 
to  be  noticed,  continues  longer  in  a  family  dependance, 
than  other  animals,  yet  in  time  he  becomes  sui  juris,  and 
when  their  numbers  are  increased,  when  they  either  con- 
tinue together  or  remove  and  form  distinct  societies,  it  is 
plain  that  there  must  be  supposed  an  expressed  or  implied 
contract. 

Some  say  there  is  no  trace  or  record  of  any  such  con- 
tract in  the  beginning  of  any'^  society.  But  this  is  no  ar« 
gument  at  all,  for  things  inseparable  from,  and  essential 
to  any  state,  commonly  take  place  so  insensibly,  that  their 
beginning  is  not  observed. 

When^  persons  believe  themselves  upon  the  whole, 
rather  oppressed  than  protected  in  any  society,  they  think 
they  are  at  liberty,  either  to  rebel  against  it,  or  fly  from 
it;  which  plainly  implies  that  their  being  subject  to  it. 
arose  from  a  tacit  consent. 

Besides  in  migrations  and  planting  of  colonies,  in  all 
ages,  we  see  evident  traces  of  an  original  contract  and 
consent  taken  to  the  principles  of  union. 

From  this  view  of  society  as  a  voluntary  compact,  re- 
sults this  principle,  that  men  are  originally  and  by  nature 
equal,  and  consequently  free. 

Liberty  either  cannot,  or  ought  not  to  be  given  up  in 

'  MS.  A  every;  MS.  C  bcginniny  of  society. 

"MS.  C  Yet  I  believe  there  are  some  signs  of  such  contracts  in 
early  ages,  when  persons,  etc.,  and  punctuates  with  a  semi-colon 
after  society.     MS.  A  Many  persons  believe,  etc. 


^2  Moral  Philosophy 

the  social  state — The  end  of  the  union  should  be  the  pro- 
tection of  liberty,  as  far  as  it  is  a  blessing.  The  definition 
of  liberty  in  a  constituted  government,  will  be  afterwards 
explained. 

Some  observe,  that  few  nations  or  societies  in  the  world 
have  had  their  constitutions  formed  on  the  principles  of 
liberty :  perhaps  not  one  twentieth  of  the  states  that  have 
been  established  since  the  beginning  of  the  world  have 
been  settled  upon  principles  altogether  favorable  to  liberty. 
This  is  no  just  argument  against  natural  liberty  and  the 
rights  of  mankind ;  for  it  is  certain,  that  the  public  good 
has  always  been  the  real  aim  of  the  people  in  general,  in 
forming  and  entering  into  any  society.  It  has  also  con- 
stantly been  at  least  the  professed  aim  of  legislators.^ 
Therefore  the  principle  seems  to  have  been  admitted,  only 
they  have  failed  or  been  disappointed  in  practice,  by  mis- 
take or  deceit.  Though  perhaps  not  one  twentieth  part  of 
mankind  have  any  tolerable  skill  in  the  fine  arts,  it  does 
not  follow  that  there  are  no  such  arts,  or  that  the  princi- 
ples of  them  are  not  founded  in  nature. 

Reason  teaches  natural  liberty,  and  common  utility  re- 
commends it.  Some  nations  have  seen  this  more  clearly 
than  others,  or  have  more  happily  found  the  means  of 
establishing  it. 

Here  perhaps  we  should  consider  a  little  the  question, 
whether  it  is  lawful  to  make  men  or  to  keep  them  slaves, 
without  their  consent?  This  will  fall  afterwards  to  be 
considered  more  fully :  in  the  mean  time,  observe  that  in 
every  state  there  must  be  some  superior  and  others  in- 

"  MS.  A  pretence  of  Legislature. 


Moral  Philosophy  73 

ferior,  and  it  is  hard  to  fix  the  degree  of  subjection  that 
may  fall  to  the  lot  of  particular  persons.  Men  may  be- 
come slaves,  or  their  persons  and  labor  be  put  wholly  in 
the  power  of  others  by  consent.  They  may  also  some- 
times in  a  constituted  state,  be  made  slaves  by  force,  as 
a  punishment  for  the  commission  of  crimes.  But  it  is 
certainly  unlawful  to  make  inroads  upon  others,  unpro- 
voked, and  take  away  their  liberty  by  no  better  right  than 
superior  power. 

It  has  sometimes  been  doubted,  whether  it  is  lawful  to 
take  away  the  liberty  of  others  for  life,  even  on  account 
of  crimes  committed.  There  can  be  no  strong  reason  given 
against  this,  except  that  which  is  supposed  to  operate  in 
Great  Britain  against  making  malefactors  slaves,  that  it 
would  be  unfavorable  to  rationaF^  liberty  to  see  any  rank 
of  men  in  chains.  But  setting  this  aside,  it  seems  plain 
that  if  men  may  forfeit  their  lives  to  the  society,  they  may 
also  forfeit  their  liberty,  which  is  a  less  precious  blessing. 

It  seems  also  more  agreeable  both  to  equity  and^' 
public  utility  to  punish  some  sorts  of  crimes,  with  hard 
labor,  than  death.  Imprisonment  for  life,  has  been  ad- 
mitted and  practised^-  by  all  nations — Some  have  pleaded 
for  making  slaves  of  the  barbarous  nations,  that  they  are 
actually  brought  into  a  more  eligible  state,  and  have 
more  of  the  comforts  of  life,  than  they  would  have  had 
in  their  own  country.  This  argument  may  alleviate,  but 
does  not  justify  the  practice.  It  cannot  be  called  a  more 
eligible  state,  if  less  agreeable  to  themselves.'^ 

Upon'^  the  whole,  there  are  many  unlawful  ways  of 

"  MS.  A  natural;  MSS.  B  and  C  national.    "  MS.  A  omits  both  to 
equity  and,  and  inserts  to.    "MSS.  A  and  B  omit  and  practised. 
"MS.  A  omits  this  sentence.     "MSS.  .A  and  R   Upon  the  whole 


74  Moral  Philosophy 

making  slaves,  but  also  some  that  are  lawful — And  the 
practice  seems  to  be  countenanced  in  the  law  of  Moses, 
where  rules  are  laid  down  for  their  treatment,  and  an  es- 
timation of  injuries  done  to  them,  different  from  that  of 
free  men.  I  do  not  think  there  lies  any  necessity  on 
those  who  found  men  in  a  state  of  slavery,  to  make  them 
free  to  their  own  ruin.  But  it  is  very  doubtful  whether 
any  original  cause  of  servitude  can  be  defended,  but 
legal  punishment  for  the  commission  of  crimes.  Human- 
ity in  the  manner  of  treating  them  is  manifestly  a  dictate 
of  reason  and  nature, ^^  and  I  think  also  of  private  and 
public  utility,  as  much  as  of  either. 

The  next  step  in  opening  the  principles  of  the  social 
state,  is  to  consider  the  foundation,  establishment  and 
extent  of  Property.  Some  begin  this  by  considering  the 
property  of  man  in  general  in  the  inferior  creatures. 
Has  he  any  right  to  use  the  lower  irrational  animals  for^ 
labour,  or  food,  or  both  ? 

It  is  needless  to  refine  too  much  upon  this  subject. 

there  are  many  ways  of  making  slaves  unlawfully,  but  supposing 
the  title  just  the  practise  seems  to  be  countenanced  by  the  Law  of 
Moses.  I  do  not  think,  etc.  In  this  connection  it  may  be  noted  that 
in  1790  President  Witherspoon,  while  a  member  of  the  New  Jersey 
Legislature,  was  chairman  of  a  committee  on  the  abolition  of  slavery 
in  the  state,  and  brought  in  a  report  advising  no  action,  on  the 
ground  that  the  law  already  forbade  the  importation  of  slaves  and 
encouraged  voluntary  manumission.  He  suggested,  however,  that  the 
state  might  enact  a  law  that  all  slaves  born  after  its  passage  should 
be  free  at  a  certain  age — e.g.  28  years,  as  in  Pennsylvania,  although 
in  his  optimistic  opinion  the  state  of  society  in  America  and  the 
progress  of  the  idea  of  universal  liberty  gave  little  reason  to  believe 
that  there  would  be  any  slaves  at  all  in  America  in  28  years'  time, 
and  precipitation  therefore  might  do  more  harm  than  good. 
"  MS.  A  omits  rest  of  paragraph. 


Moral  Philosophy  75 

To  use  them  for  labor  seems  evidently  lawful,  as  they 
are  inferior,  with  strength  fitted  for  it."'  and  strength 
which  they  could  not  employ  for  the  improvement  and 
cultivation  of  the  earth  without  the  direction  of  man. 
They  seem  to  be  to  man,  some  how  as  the  body  to  mind. 
They  help  to  produce  food  for  themselves  and  so  increase 
their  number  and  receive  much  more  sensuaF^  pleasure, 
sharing  in  all  respects  with  their  masters  the  fruit  of 
their  toil. 

To  use  them  for  food  is  thus  argued^*^  to  be  lawful. — If 
suffered  all  to  live,  they  would  become  too  numerous,  and 
could  not  be  sustained, ^^  so  that  death  to  many  of  them  in 
a  much  worse  way  must  be  the  certain  consequence. 
Further,  nature  seems  to  dictate  the  use  of  them  for  food 
in  the  plainest  manner,  for  they  are  food  for  one  another 
in  a  regular  gradation,  the  insects  to  the  birds  and  fishes, 
many  of  them  to  the  beasts,^"  and  the  smaller  to  the 
greater,  or  the  tamer  to  the  more  rapacious  of  every 
order. 

If  we  take  tradition  or  Revelation  for  our  guide,  the 
matter  is  plain,  that  God  made  man  lord  of  the  works 
of  his  hands,  and  puts  under  him  all  the  other  creatures. 
Only  it  appears  that  the  grant  of  animal  food  was  made 
no  earlier  than  to  Noah  after^^  the  flood. 

Let  us  next  consider  the  establishment  of  private 
l)roperty.  Private  property  is  every  particular  person's 
having  a  confessed^^  and  exclusive  right  to  a  certain  por- 

"MS.  A  omits  rest  of  sentence.  "MS.  A  essential.  "The  MSS. 
read  agreed.  "MSS.  A  and  B  omit  rest  of  sentence.  "MSS.  A 
and  B  omit  this  clause.  ^' MS.  A  omits  to  Noah  after.  '^  MSS.  A 
and  B  clear. 


76  Moral  Philosophy 

tion  of  the  goods  which  serve  for  the  support  and  con- 
veniency  of  life. 

In  a  very  imperfect  state  of  society  community  of 
goods  may  subsist  in  a  great  degree,-^  and  indeed  its  sub- 
sisting is  one  of  the  surest  signs  of  an  imperfect  state  of 
society.  Some  attempts  have  been  made  in  civiHzed  states 
to  introduce  it,-^  but  without  any  considerable  effect, 
except  in  Sparta,  the  constitution  of  which  was  very  sin- 
gular. In  small  voluntary  societies,  especially  of  the 
religious  kind,  it  may  be  established,^^  and  will  continue 
so  long  as  the  morals  of  the  society  are  pure.  But  in 
civil  society  fully  formed,  especially  if  the  state  is  at  all 
extensive  or  intended  to  be  so,^^  private  property  is  essen- 
tially necessary,  and  founded  upon  the  reason^'^  of  things 
and  public  utility.  The  reasons  of  it  are  (i)  without 
private  property  no  laws  would  be  sufficient  to  compel 
universal  industry.  There  never  was  such  a  purity  of 
manners  and  zeal  for  the  public  in  the  individuals  of  a 
great  body,  but  that  many-^  would  be  idle  and  slothful 
and  maintain  themselves  upon  the  labor  of  others. 

2.  There  is  no  reason  to  expect  in  the  present  state  of 
human  nature,  that  there  would  be  a  just  and  equal  dis- 
tribution to  every  one  according  to  his  necessity,  nor  any 
room  for  distinction  according  to  merit. 

3.  There  would  be  no  place  for  the  exercise  of  some 

^MS.  A  omits  rest  of  sentence.  "' MSS.  A  and  B  omit  rest  of 
sentence.  ^MSS.  A  and  B  has  been  established  and  omit  rest  of 
sentence.  "  MSS.  A  and  B  intended  to  grow.  "'  MS.  A  upon  reason, 
and  the  nature  of  things.  MSS.  B  and  C  upon  the  reason  and  na- 
ture of  things.  ^^  MSS.  A  and  B  omit  preceding  part  of  the  sen- 
tence  and    read   numbers  would   be  idle,  etc. 


Moral  Philosophy  yy 

of  the  noblest  affections  of  the  human  mind,  as  charity, 
compassion,  beneficence,  &c. 

4.  Little  or  no  incitement  to  the  active  virtues,  la- 
bor, ingenuity,  bravery,  patience,  &c. 

Some  have  laid  down  schemes  for  making  property 
common,  as  Sir  Thomas  Moore-®  in  his  Utopia;  but  in 
general  they  are  chimerical  and  impracticable.^"  There 
is  no  instance  in  fact  where  any  state  that  made  a  figure 
in  the  social  life,  had  their  goods  wholly  in  common. 
Sparta  had  the  most  of  it,  but  it  was  a  very  small  state, 
and  limited  in  its  views;  besides  there  was  something 
so  singular  in  the  whole  constitution  of  the  Spartan  gov- 
ernment, that  its  subsisting  so  long,  remains  a  phenome- 
non for  politicians  and  reasoners  yet  to  account  for. 

Supposing  private  property  to  be  essential,  or  at  least 
useful  in  the  social  state,  the  next  question  is,^^  how  does 
this  property  take  its  rise,  or  by  what  ways  is  it  ac- 
quired. 

The  original  ways  of  acquiring  property  may  be  re- 
duced to  these  two  (i)  Prior  occupation  (2)  our  own 
industry. 

As  to  the  first  of  these,  it  may  be  analysed  thus.  Of 
the  things  that  lay  in  common  for  the  use  of  man,  I  have 
a  right  to  take  what  is  convenient  for  me,^-  and  after  I 
have  taken  it  no  body  can  have  a  better  right  nor  conse- 
quently any  title  to  take  it  from  me. 

But  many  questions  difficult  to  be  resolved  arise  from 

"The  spelling  of  Sir  Thomas  More's  name  remains  uncorrected 
in  all  the  editions.    '*MS.  A  omits  and  impracticable. 
"  MSS.  A  and  B  the  next  question  is,  how  it  is  acquired? 
"MS.  B  omits  the  rest  of  sentence. 


78  Moral  Philosophy 

the  application  of  this  principle.  How  far  does  this 
right  extend  ?  Must  I  take  only  what  is  sufficient  for  the 
present  moment,  or  may  I  provide  for  future  necessities 
and  enjoyment.  In  vacant  lands  must  I  take  only  what 
I  and  my  present  followers  can  sufficiently  occupy,  or 
may  I  touch  a  continent  and  call  it  mine,  though  I  shall 
not  be  able  to  fill  it  in  many  ages.  I  answer  common 
utility  must  be  the  rule  in  all  these  cases,  and  any  thing 
more  particular,  must  be  reserved  till  we  come  to  the  law 
of  nations. 

Some  say  that  the  water  in  large  bays  and  rivers 
ought  to  be  common  to  all,^^  because  it  is  inexhaustible 
and  one's  using  it  cannot  waste  or  spoil  it  for  the  use  of 
others.  But  the  security  of  societies  will  point  out  the 
measure  of  property  that  must  be  in  all  those  things. 

The  extent  or  object  of  property  contains  three  par- 
ticulars ( I )  a  right  to  the  fullest  use.  Whatever  is  a 
person's  property  he  has  a  right  to  do  with  it  as  he  pleases, 
with  this  single  exception,  if  it  may  be  called  so,  that  he 
may  not  use  it  to  the  injury  of  others.  Full  property  has 
no  other  exception,  unless  you  call  this  an  exception, 
that  if  any  man  would  wantonly  destroy  the  fruits  of  the 
earth,  or  his  habitation;  in  that  case  though  they  were 
his  own,  people  would  hinder  him,  as  supposing  him  to 
be  mad,"^  and  deprive  him  not  only  of  that  liberty,  but  of 
all  others. 

2.  Property  implies  a  right  of  exclusion.  We  may 
hinder  others  from  any  way  intermedling  with  what  is 

''MSS.  A  and  B  omit  rest  of  sentence. 
**  MSS.    A   and   B   omit   rest   of   sentence. 


Moral  Philosophy  79 

our  property.  This  seems  essential  to  the  idea.  Giving-'^' 
a  full  right  to  one.'''"  implies  that  others  have  none. 

3.  It  implies  a  power  to  alienate.  That  is  to  say,  a 
right  of  alteration,  commutation,  donation,  during  life, 
and  disposal  at  deatli.  Thus  property  is  said  to  he  per- 
petual. 

There  are  certain  things  called  by  Civilians  Res  nul- 
lius,  such  as  temples,  public  edifices,  gates  and  walls  of 
cities,  &c.  Temples  used  to  be  said  to  be  given  to  God, 
and  in  the  laws  of  civilized  states,  attention  is  paid  to  this 
circumstance.  But  as  to  the  property  or  use,  the  case  of 
them  and  of  all  the  other  things  mentioned,  is  very  clear. 
They  are  under  the  inspection  of  the  magistrate,  or  such 
persons  as  represent  the  community,  and  are  by  them  kept 
for  common  use.^'^ 


LECTURE       XI. 

In  the  social  life  in  general  we  may  consider,  (i)  do- 
mestic, (2)  civil  society. 

The  first  of  these  we  must  consider  as  implying  and 
made  up  of  several  relations,  the  chief  of  which  are  ( i ) 
the  relation  of  marriage,  (2)  That  of  parents  and  chil- 
dren, (3)  that  of  master  and  servant. 

In  marriage  we  ought  to  observe  that  though  all  crea- 

"  MSS.  A  and  C  /lawig;.  '"  MSS.  A  and  C  oh/-  /»ro/'cr/y.  "The 
MSS.  read  They  belong  to  the  public  and  are  for  common  use,  and 
the  particular  administration  of  them,  is  in  the  Magistrates,  Rulers, 
or  such  Persons  as  represent  the  community.  MS.  B  adds  and  are 
by  them  kept  for  common  use. 


8o  Moral  Philosophy 

tures  may  be  said  to  be  propagated  in  a  way  in  a  great 
degree  similar,  yet  there  is  something  pecuharly  distin- 
guished, dignified  and  solemn  in  marriage  among  men. 
This  distinction  is  necessary  and  founded  in  reason  and 
nature. 

Human  creatures  at  their  birth  are  in  a  state  weaker 
and  more  helpless  than  any  other  animals.  They  also 
arrive  much  more  slowly  at  maturity,  and  need  by  far 
most  assistance  and  cultivation.  Therefore  a  particular 
union  of  the  parents  is  absolutely  necessary,^  and  that 
upon  such  powerful  principles  as  will  secure  their  com- 
mon care.  Marriage  is  a  relation  expressly  founded 
upon  this  necessity  and  must  be  so  conducted  as  to  ascer- 
tain the  property  of  the  offspring,  and  to  promise  the 
most  assiduous,  prudent  and  extensive  care.-^ 

This  is  the  foundation  of  marriage  drawn  from  the 
public  good.  But  we  ought  also  to  observe  that  man-  is 
manifestly  superior  in  dignity  to  the  other  animals,  and 
it  was  intended  that  all  his  enjoyments  and  even  his  in- 
dulgence of  instinctive  propensities  should  be  of  a  more 
exalted  and  rational  kind  than  theirs.  Therefore  the 
propensity  of  the  sexes  to  one  another,^  is  not  only  reined 
in  by  modesty,  but  is  so  ordered  as  to  require  that  reason 
and  friendship,  and  some  of  the  noblest  aft'ections  should 
have  place.  And  it  is  certain  that  they  have  if  not  a 
more  violent,  at  least  a  more  lasting  and  uniform  in- 
fluence in  the  married  state  than  sensual  desire. 

It  is  further  observed  by  moral  writers,  that  though 
beauty  and  personal  attraction  may  be  considered  as  the 
*  MSS.  A  and  C  omit  rest  of  sentence. 
^MSS.  A  and  C  omit  to  was  mtcnded. 
^  MSS.  A  and  C  omit  to  is  so  ordered. 


Moral  Philosophy  8i 

first  motives,  yet  these  are  always  supposed  to  be  indica- 
tions of  something  excellent  in  the  temper  within.  So 
that  even  love  of  beauty  in  man  is  an  attachment  to  moral 
excellence.  Let  a  person  attend  with  seriousness,  and 
he  will  find  that  the  utmost  perfection  of  form  in  an 
idiot,  or  one  thoroughly  known  to  be  of  a  very  bad  tem- 
per, is  really  no  object  of  desire.  Though  in  those  who 
are  little  known  it  is  apt  to  prejudice  the  ignorant  and  un- 
wary to  judge  favorably  of  the  person. 

The  particulars  which  reason  and  nature  point  out  re- 
lating to  the  marriage  contract  are  as  follow : 

1.  That  it  be  between  one  man  and  one  woman.  Poly- 
gamy is  condemned  by  nature;  for  it  is  found  that  the 
males  born,  are  to  the  females  as  13  to  12,  or  as  some  say, 
as  20  to  19,  the  overplus  being  to  supply  the  greater  waste 
of  the  male  part  of  the  species  by  war  and  dangerous 
occupations,^  hard  labor,  and  travelling  by  land  and  sea. 

2.  The  fundamental  and  essential  part  of  the  contract 
is  fidelity  and  chastity.  This  must  immediately  appear 
to  be  essential  to  the  purpose  of  the  union.  Some  writers 
say  that  this  is  especially  binding  upon  the  woman,  in 
order  to  ascertain  the  offspring ;  but  every  body  must  see 
the  absurdity  of  any  distinction,  because  the  contract 
would  neither  be  equal,  nor  likely  to  be  steadily  observed 
if  it  were  not  mutual.  Besides,  as  a  late  author  has  well 
observed,  if  chastity  be  a  female  virtue,  how  can  men 
be  unchaste  without  infringing  upon  it? 

3.  The  contract  should  be  for  life — otherwise  it  would 
be  short,  uncertain,  and  mutual  love  and  industry  greatly 
weakened. 

*The  MSS.  omit  rest  of  sentence. 


82  Moral  Philosophy 

4.  If  superiority  and  authority  be  given  to  the  man,  it 
should  be  used  with  so  much  gentleness  and  love  as  to 
make  it  a  state  of  as  great  equality  as  possible.  Hutchin- 
son and  some  other  writers  say  there  should  be  no  super- 
iority, and  that  their  property  being  common,  should  not 
be  alienated  by  the  one  without  the  other.  Others  think 
that  perfect  equality  of  power  in  two  persons  is  not  con- 
sistent with  order,  and  the  common  interest,  and  therefore 
give  authority  to  the  man,  and  the  laws  of  most  nations 
give  the  man  the  disposal  of  property,  with  the  reserva- 
tion of  particular  rights  to  the  woman. 

Some  heathen  writers  gave  the  man  power  of  life  and 
death  over  the  woman,  a  thing  evidently  barbarous  and 
unjust.  ^ 

5.  Marriages  are  sometimes  dissolved  by  divorces, 
which  our  law  permits  only  on  three  accounts — adultery, 
wilful  and  obstinate  desertion,  and  incapacity.  The  first 
two  of  these  founded  on  the  New  Testament,  and  the  last 
on  reason,  being  not  so  properly  a  dissolution  of  a  mar- 
riage, as  a  declaration  that  it  was  void  from  the  beginning, 
and  never  took  place. 

Some  writers  of  moral  philosophy  add  as  causes  of  di- 
vorce contrariety  of  temper,  incurable  diseases,  and  such 
as  would  infect  the  offspring.  But  none  of  them  seem 
of  sufficient  moment.  The  first  would  be  an  evident 
temptation  to  causeless^  and  wanton  separations — and 
all  the  three  may  be  guarded  against  by  previous  caution. 

Hutchinson*^  observes  that  in  all  nations,  marrying  in 
near  degrees  of  consanguinity  or  affinity  has  been  avoid- 
ed and  abhorred ;  and  he  adds,  that  the  natural  and  gen- 

"MS.C  careless.     'MSS.  B  and  C  Hutcheson. 


Moral  Philosophy  83 

eral  abhorrence  of  it  has  been  greater  than  reason  seems 
to  dictate.  Hence  it  has  been  conjectured  to  have  been 
early  tradition  or  revelation — and  men  have  exercised 
their  invention  in  finding  out  the  true  reason  or  ground  of 
the  prohibition. 

One  reason  assigned  is,  because  if  marriage  were  lawful 
to  near  relations,  their  frequent  intercourse  would  be 
a  strong  temptation  to  uncleanness. 

Another;  that  if  permitted  it  would  frequently  con- 
found or  invert  the  duties  of  relations  by  setting  some 
above  others  whom  they  formerly  used  to  obey. 

A  third  reason,  and  perhaps  the  best  is,  that  abstaining 
from  blood  relations  in  this  voluntar}^  contract  extends 
the  social  ties,  and  produces  a  greater  number  of  family 
relations. 

Whatever  be  the  moral  reasons,  it  seems  to  have  a 
strong  sanction  in  nature ;  for  it  is  observed  that  marriage 
between  near  relations,  especially  if  repeated,  greatly 
weakens   the   human   race. 

As  to  the  extent  of  this  prohibition,  it  has  been  vari- 
ous in  different  nations,  but  the  most  prevailing  has  been 
to  forbid  all  within  three  degrees.  The  degrees  are  reck- 
oned by  the  steps  of  descent  between  the  parties  and  the 
common  parent.  Parent  and  child  is  the  first — child  and 
child,  the  second' — child  and  grand-child,  the  third — and 
two  grand-children  or  first  cousins  the  fourth — when  it 
becomes  lawful. 

Relation  of  Parents  and  Children. 

The  first  thing  to  be  observed  is,  that  this  relation  is 
distinguished  by  the  strongest  instinct  of  parental  affec- 


84  Moral  Philosophy 

tion.  This  seems  necessary,  as  the  education  of  children 
is  a  duty  requiring  so  much  time,  care  and  expense,  which 
nothing  but  the  most  rooted  affection  would  submit  to. 

The  rights  of  the  parent  may  be  summed  up  in  these 
two:  I.  Authority,  which  requires  subjection  in  the  chil- 
dren. 2.  A  right  to  a  grateful  return  in  due  time  from 
the  children.  The  first  is  a  perfect  right,  as  far  as  it  ex- 
tends, but  must  be  limited. 

Some  nations  have  given  parents  the  power  of  life  and 
death  over  their  children,  and  Hobbs  insists  that  children 
are  the  goods  and  absolute  property  of  their  parents,  and 
that  they  may  alienate  them  and  sell  them  either  for  a 
time,  or  for  life.  But  both  these  seem  ill  founded,  be- 
cause they  are  contrary  to  the  end  of  this  right,  viz.  in- 
struction and  protection.  Parental  right  seems  in  most 
cases  to  be  limited  by  the  advantage  of  the  children. 

Children  are  no  doubt  to  judge  for  themselves  in  mat- 
ters of  religion  when  they  come  to  years,  though  the  par- 
ents are  under  the  strongest  obligation  to  instruct  them 
carefully  to  the  best  of  their  judgment.  Those  who  in- 
sist, that  to  leave  them  their  judgment  free  they  ought  not 
to  be  taught  any  principles,  ought  to  consider  that  their 
scheme  is  impracticable  and  absurd.  If  the  parents  do 
not  instruct  them,  they  will  imbibe  prejudices  and  con- 
tract habits  perhaps  of  the  worst  kind  from  others. 

Children  in  most  nations  are  considered  as  having  a 
right  exclusive  of  their  parents  to  property  given  them  by 
others. 

Many  nations  have  given  the  parents  a  right  to  dis- 
pose of  their  children  in  marriage;  but  this  seems  to  be 
carrying  parental  authority  too  far,  if  it  be  made  abso- 


Moral  Philosophy  85 

lute,  because  it  puts  in  the  power  of  the  parent  to  dispose 
of  what  is  most  essential  to  their  happiness  through  the 
whole  of  their  future  life.  Yet  it  seems  very  contrary  to 
reason  and  nature  that  children  in  early  life  should  dispose 
of  themselves  in  marriage  without  consulting  their 
parents. 

Since  we  have  denied  the  power  of  life  and  death  to 
parents,  it  will  be  asked  what  is  the  sanction  of  their  au- 
thority? I  answer,  moderate  correction  in  early  life,  and 
as  the  very  highest  punishment,  expulsion  from  their 
family,  or  a  forfeiture  of  the  privileges  which  they 
despise.^ 

As  to  the  right  to  a  grateful  return,  it  is  an  imperfect 
right,  but  of  the  strongest  kind — sometimes  the  civil  au- 
thority interposes,  and  obliges  children  to  maintain  their 
aged  parents. 

To  the  disgrace  of  human  nature  it  is  often  observed, 
that  parental  affection  is  much  stronger  than  filial  duty. 
We  must  indeed  acknowledge  the  wisdom  of  Providence 
in  making  the  instinctive  impulse  stronger  in  parents  to- 
wards their  children,  than  in  children  towards  their  par- 
ents; because  the  first  is  more  necessary  than  the  other 
to  the  public  good ;  yet  when  we  consider  both  as  im- 
proved into  a  virtuous  disposition  by  reason  and  a  sense 
of  duty,  there  seems  to  be  every  whit  as  much  baseness 
in  filial  ingratitude,  as  in  want  of  natural  affection. 

Relation  of  Master  and  Servant. 
This  relation  is  first  generated  by  the  difference  which 
God  hath  permitted  to  take  place  between  man  and  man. 

'  MS.  C  enjoy. 


86  Moral  Philosophy 

Some  are  superior  to  others  in  mental  powers  and  intel- 
lectual improvement — some  by  the  great  increase  of  their 
property  through  their  own,  or  their  predecessors  indus- 
try, and  some  make  it  their  choice,  finding  they  cannot 
live  otherwise  better,  to  let  out  their  labor  to  others  for 
hire. 

Let  us  shortly  consider  (i.)  How  far  this  subjection 
extends.  (2.)  The  duties  on  each  side. 

As  to  the  first  it  seems  to  be  only  that  the  master  has  a 
right  to  the  labors  and  ingenuity  of  the  servant,  for  a  lim- 
ited time,  or  at  most  for  life.^He  can  have  no  right  either 
to  take  away  life,  or  to  make  it  insupportable  by  excessive 
labor.  The  servant  therefore  retains  all  his  other  natural 
rights. 

The  practice  of  ancient  nations,  of  making  their  pris- 
oners of  war  slaves,  was  altogether  unjust  and  barbarous ; 
for  though  we  could  suppose  that  those  who  were  the 
causes  of  an  unjust  war  deserved  to  be  made  slaves ;  yet 
this  could  not  be  the  case  of  all  who  fought  on  their  side ; 
besides,  the  doing  so  in  one  instance,  would  authorise 
the  doing  it  in  any  other ;  and  those  who  fought  in  defense 
of  their  country,  when  unjustly  invaded,  might  be  taken 
as  well  as  others.  The  practice  was  also  impolitic,  as 
slaves  never  are  so  good  or  faithful  servants,  as  those  who 
become  so  for  a  limited  time  by  consent. 


Moral  Philosophy  87 

LECTURE    XII. 
Of  Civil  Society. 

Civil  society  is  distinguished  from  domestic,  in  the 
union  of  a  number  of  families  in  one  state,  for  their  mu- 
tual benefit. 

We  have  before  affirmed,  that  society  always  supposes 
an  expressed  or  implied  contract  or  agreement.  Let  us 
now  see  what  this  agreement  necessarily  implies. 

( I.)  The  consent  of  every  individual  to  live  in,  and  be  a 
member  of  that  society.  (2,)  A  consent  to  some  particu- 
lar plan  of  government.  (3.)  A  mutual  agreement  be- 
tween the  subjects  and  rulers;  of  subjection  on  the  one 
hand,  of  protection  on  the  other — These  are  all  implied  in 
the  union  of  every  society,  and  tliey  compleat  the  whole. 

Any  objections  that  may  be  raised  against  this,  are 
easily  solved.  Ex.  Gr.  Though  every  individual  has  not 
given  an  actual  consent,  yet  his  determination  to  live  with 
any  society  implies  it.  Again,  if  it  be  asked  how  chil- 
dren come  to  be  members  of  a  society ;  it  is  answered, 
they  receive  the  benefits  and  partake  of  the  rights  of  the 
society  during  the  whole  time  of  their  education,  and  as 
they  come  to  the  use  of  reason,  they  both  claim  the  privi- 
lege, and  acquiesce  in  the  duty  of  citizens — And  if  they 
find  any  thing  insupportable  in  their  condition,  they  may 
alter  it  at  their  pleasure. 

Have  then  all  subjects  a  right  when  they  see  fit,  to  re- 
move from  the  society  in  which  they  are  ?  I  answer  that 
in  all  ordinary  cases  they  ought  to  have,  at  least  in  time  of 
peace.     Perhaps  it  may  be  affiiTned  with  justice,  that  they 


88  Moral  Philosophy 

who  have  enjoyed  the  privileges  of  any  society  in  time  of 
peace,  if  war  or  danger  to  the  pubHc  should  arise,  they 
may  be  hindered  from  emigrating  at  that  time,  and  com- 
pelled to  contribute  their  share  in  what  is  necessary  to  the 
common  defence. 

Whatever  is  the  form  of  government  in  any  society, 
the  members  may  be  divided  into  two  classes,  the  rulers 
and  the  ruled ^  the  magistrates  and  subjects. 

The  rights  of  rulers  may  be  divided  into  essential  and 
accidental :  the  essential,  suclj  as  in  general  must  be  vested 
in  rulers  in  every  society;  the  accidental,  such  as  may  be 
given  to  the  rulers  in  some  societies,  but  not  in  others. 

The  essential  rights  of  rulers,  are  what  require  most  to 
be  enumerated,  and  these  again  by  some  good  writers  are 
divided  into  greater  and  lesser  essentials. 

Of  the  first  kind  are,  (i.)  Legislation.  (2.)  Taxation 
for  the  public  expence.  (3.)  Jurisdiction,  or  the  adminis- 
tration of  justice.  (4.)  Representation,  or  appearing  and 
acting  in  name  of  the  whole,  in  all  transactions,  with  ad- 
jacent independent  states,  chiefly  for  the  purpose  of  mak- 
ing war  or  peace. 

The  less  essential  rights  of  rulers  are  many,  and  they 
are  called  less  essential,  because  they  may  be  more  varied 
than  the  others;  such  as,  coining  of  money — possessing 
or  managing  public  edifices — conferring  honors  on  offi- 
cers,^ &c. 

The  rights  of  subjects  in  a  social  state,  cannot  be  enu- 
merated, but  they  may  be  all  summed  up  in  protection, 
that  is  to  say,  those  who  have  surrendered  part  of  their 

'  MSS.  B  and  C  conferring  offices. 


Moral  Philosophy  89 

natural  rights,  expect  the  strength  of  the  pubhc  arm  to 
defend  and  improve  what  remains. 

It  has  been  often  said,  that  government  is  carried  on  by 
rewards  and  punisliments ;  but  it  ought  to  be  observed, 
that  the  only  reward  that  a  state  can  be  supposed  to  bestow 
upon  good  subjects  in  general,  is  protection  and  defence. 
Some  few  who  have  distinguished  themselves  in  the  public 
service,  may  be  distinguished  by  particular  rewards;  but 
to  reward  the  whole  is  impossible,  because  the  reward 
must  be  levied  from  those  very  persons  to  whom  it  is  to  be 
given. 

After  what  has  been  said  on  the  foundation  of  society, 
viz.  consent,  perhaps  it  may  be  necessary  to  mention  two 
exceptions. 

1.  It  is  said  by  some  with  apparent  reason,  that  a  few 
persons  if  accidentally  armed  with  power,  may  constrain 
a  large  ignorant  rabble  to  submit  to  laws  which  will 
be  for  their  good.  This  I  would  admit  in  some  cases, 
when  there  is  an  evident  madness  and  disorder  in  the 
multitude,  and  when  there  is  a  moral  certainty  that  they 
will  afterwards  be  pleased  with  the  violence  done  them. 
But  in  general  it  is  but  a  bad  maxim  that  we  may  force 
people  for  their  good.  All  lovers  of  power  will  be  dis- 
posed to  think  that  even  a  violent  use  of  it  is  for  the 
public  good. 

2.  Though  people  have  actually  consented  to  any 
form  of  government,  if  they  have  been  essentially  deceiv- 
ed in  the  nature  and  operation  of  the  laws,  if  they  art- 
found  to  be  pernicious  and  destructive  of  the  ends  of 
the  union,  they  may  certainly  break  uj)  the  society,  re- 


90  Moral  Philosophy 

call  their  obligation,  and  resettle  the  whole  upon  a  better 
footing. 

Of  the  different  forms  of  government. 

As  soon  as  men  began  to  consider  and  compare  forms 
of  government,  they  divided  them  into  three  general 
and  simple  kinds,  (i)  monarchy,  (2)  aristocracy,  (3) 
democracy.  These  are  called  simple,  because  they  are 
clearly  distinguishable  from  each  other  in  their  nature 
and  effects.  The  ancieats  generally  divided  the  forms 
of  government  in  this  manner,  because  most  of  their 
governments  were  of  one  or  other  of  these  kinds  with 
very  little  mixture. - 

Monarchy  is  when  the  supreme  power  is  vested  in  a  sin- 
gle person.  Mr.  Hutchinson^  says,  monarchy  may  be  either 
absolute  or  limited;  but  this  is  an  inaccuracy,  for  limit- 
ed" monarchy  is  one  of  the  mixed  kinds  of  govern- 
ment. 

But  monarchy  may  be  either  temporary  or  for  life. 
The  Roman  dictators  were  absolute  for  a  time,  and  so  long 
as  they  continued,  the  government  was  purely  monarchi- 
cal, all  other  powers  being  dormant. 

Monarchy  may  also  be  either  hereditary  or  elective. 

Aristocracy  is  that  form  of  government  in  which  the 
supreme  power  is  lodged  with  a  small  number  of  nobles. 
This  is  capable  of  the  same  variations  as  monarchy,  and 
it  may  be  either  temporaiy  or  perpetual,  hereditary  or 
elective,  with  this  difference,  that  a  temporary  or  elec- 
tive aristocracy  always  puts  some  power  in  the  hands  of 
the  people.     The  most  complete  aristocracy  is  when  the 

'MS.  C  alteration.    'MS.  B  Hutcheson. 


Moral  Philosophy  91 

ruling  party  have  the  power  of  cooptation  within  them- 
selves, and  can  fill  up  as  they  please,  the  vacancies  made 
by  deaths  or  resignation. 

Democracy  is  when  the  supreme  power  is  left  in  the 
multitude.  But  as  in  large  governments  the  people  in 
a  collective  body  cannot  well  meet  together,  nor  could 
they  transact  business  with  any  convenience  if  they  did, 
they  may  meet  by  representatives  chosen  either  by  the 
whole,  or  by  particular  districts. 

From  those  simple  forms  are  generated  many  complex 
forms ;  two  of  them  may  be  compounded  together,  either 
in  equal  or  in  different  proportions,  or  all  these  may  be 
united,  as  in  the  British*  government. 

After  pointing  out  the  simple  forms  of  government,  it 
will  be  proper  to  make  some  general  observations  upon 
government,  and  apply  them  to  the  various  forms,  to 
show  whether  any  of  them  is  preferable  to  the  other,  and 
the  advantages  and  defects  of  each  in  particular. 

I.  There  are  four  things  that  seem  to  be  requisite  in  a 
system  of  government  and  every  form  is  good  in  pro- 
portion as  it  possesses  or  attains  them,  (i)  wisdom  to 
plan  proper  measures  for  the  public  good.  (2)  Fidelity  to 
have  nothing  but  the  public  interest  in  view.  (3)  Secre- 
cy, expedition,  and  dispatch  in  carrying  measures  into 
execution,  and  (4)  unity  and  concord,  or  that  one  branch 
of  the  government  may  not  impede,  or  be  a  hindrance  to 
another. 

Monarchy  has  plainly  the  advantage  in  unity,  secrecy, 
and  expedition.^  Many  cannot  so  easily  nor  so  speedily 
*  MSS.  A  and  C  our  own;  so  also  in  MS.  B  hut  corrected  by  later 
hand  to  ^British.    °  MS.  C  omits  sentence. 


92  Moral  Philosophy 

agree  upon  proper  measures,  nor  can  they  expect  to  keep 
their  designs  secret;  therefore  say  some,  if  a  man  could 
be  found  wise  enough,  and  just  enough  for  the  charge, 
monarchy  would  be  the  best  form  of  government.  Ac- 
cordingly we  find  that  in  the  command  of  a  ship,  fleet  or 
army,  one  person  is  commonly  intrusted  with  supreme 
power;  but  this  does  not  apply  to  states,  for  many  rea- 
sons. No  man  can  be  found  who  has  either  skill  suffic- 
ient, or  if  he  had,  could  give  attention  to  the  whole  de- 
partments of  a  great  empire.  Besides,  in  hereditary 
monarchies  there  is  no  security  at  all  for  either  wisdom 
or  goodness,  and  an  elective  monarchy,  though  it  may 
seem  to  promise  ability,  has  been  always  found  in  experi- 
ence worse  than  the  other,  because  there  is  no  reason  to 
expect  that  an  elected  monarch  will  have  the  public  good 
at  heart,  he  will  probably  mind  only  private  or  family 
interest. 

Aristocracy  has  the  advantage  of  all  the  others  for 
wisdom  in  deliberations,  that  is  to  say,  a  number  of  per- 
sons of  the  first  rank  must  be  supposed  by  their  consul- 
tations to  be  able  to  discover  the  public  interest.  But  it 
has  very  little,  or  no  prospect  of  fidelity  or  union.  The 
most  ambitious  projects,  and  the  most  violent  and  im- 
placable factions  often  prevail  in  such  states. 

Democracy  has  the  advantage  of  both  the  others  for 
fidelity;  the  multitude  collectively  always  are  true  in 
intention  to  the  interest  of  the  public,  because  it  is  their 
own.^     They  are  the  public.    But  at  the  same  time  it 

'  MS.  C  The  multitude  are  always  faithful  to  their  interest  because 
they  are  the  public.     MS.  B  reads  attention  for  intention. 


Moral  Philosophy  93 

has  very  little  advantage  for  wisdom,  or  union,  and 
none  at  all  for  secrecy,  and  expedition.  Besides,  the 
multitude  are  exceeding  apt  to  be  deceived  by  dema- 
gogues'^ and  ambitious  persons.  They  are  very  apt  to 
trust  a  man  who  serves  them  well,  with  such  power  as 
that  he  is  able  to  make  them  serve  him. 

If  the  true  notion  of  liberty  is  the  prevalence  of  law 
and  order,  and  the  security  of  individuals,  none  of  the 
simple  forms  are  favorable  to  it. 

Monarchy,  every  one  knows  is  but  another  name  for 
tyranny,  where  the  arbitrary  will  of  one  capricious  man 
disposes  of  the  lives  and  properties  of  all  ranks. 

Aristocracy  always  makes  vassals  of  the  inferior  ranks, 
who  have  no^  hand  in  government,  and  the  great,  com- 
monly rule  with  greater  severity  than  absolute  monarchs. 
A  monarch  is  at  such  a  distance  from  most  of  his  subjects, 
that  he  does  them  little  injury;  but  the  lord  of  a  petty 
seignory  is  a  rigorous  task  master  to  his  unhappy  depen- 
dants. The  jealousy  with  which  the  members  of  an  aris- 
tocratical  state  defend  their  own  privileges  is  no  security 
at  all  for  humanity  and  easy  treatment  to  their  infer- 
iors. Example — the  Spartans;  their  treatment  of  the 
Helots — and  the  barons  in  all  the  feudal  governments,  in 
their  treatment  of  their  vassals. 

Pure  democracy  cannot  subsist  long,  nor  be  carried 
far  into  the  departments  of  state — it  is  very  subject  to 
caprice  and  the  madness  of  popular  rage.  They  are  also 
very  apt  to  chuse  a  favorite  and  vest  him  with  such  power 
as  overthrows  their  own  liberty, — examples,  Athens  and 
Rome. 

^MS.  B  dangerous.     'MS.  C  any. 


94  Moral  Philosophy 

r*"      Hence  it  appears  that  every  good  form  of  government 

\  must  be  complex,  so  that  the  one  principle  may  check  the 

j^other.  It  is  of  consequence  to  have  as  much  virtue 
among  the  particular  members  of  a  community  as  pos- 
sible; but  it  is  folly  to  expect  that  a  state  should  be  up- 
held by  integrity  in  all  who  have  a  share  in  managing  it 
They  must  be  so  balanced,  that  when  every  one  draws 
to  his  own  interest  or  inclination,  there  may  be  an  over 
poise  upon  the  whole.® 

V  II.  The  second  observation  upon  the  forms  of  govern- 
ment is,  that  where  there  is  a  balance  of  different  bodies, 

/  as   in   all  mixed    forms,   there   must   be   always   some 

,  ^    I    nexus  imperii,  something  to  make  one  of  them  necessary 

r    y    .    to  the  other.     If  this  is  not  the  case,  they  will  not  only 

draw  different  ways,  but  will  often  separate  altogether 

I    from  each  other. ^^     In  order  to  produce  this  nextis,  some 

of  the  great  essential  rights  of  rulers  must  be  divided  and 

^,  distributed  among  the  different  branches  of  the  legisla- 

\^_llire.  Example  in  the  British  government,  the  king  has 
the  power  of  making  war  and  peace, — but  the  parliament 
have  the  levying  and  distribution  of  money,  which  is  a 
sufficient  restraint. 

III.  The  third  observation  is  that  the  ruling  part  of 
any  state  must  always  have  considerable  property,  chiefly 
of  lands.  The  reason  is,  property  has  such  an  invariable 
influence,  that  whoever  possesses  property  must  have 
power.  Property  in  a  state  is  also  some  security  for 
fidelity,  because  interest  then  is  concerned  in  the  public 
welfare. 

For  this  reason  did  men  in  every  state  live  entirely  by 
•  Lecture  XIII.  begins  here  in  MS.  A.     '"  MS.  C  omits  sentence. 


\ 


Moral  Philosophy  95 

agriculture,  an  agrarian  law  would  be  necessary  to  liberty, 
because  if  a  vast  proportion  of  property  came  into  a  few 
hands,  they  would  soon  take  all  power  to  themselves. 
But  trade  and  commerce  supercede  the  necessity  of  this, 
because  the  great  and  sudden  fortunes  accumulated  by 
trade  cause  a  rotation  of  property. 

IV.  In  a  well  formed  state  the  subjects  should  not  be 
too  numerous  nor  too  few.  If  very  numerous,  the 
principles  of  government  cannot  exert  their  force  over 
the  whole.  The  Roman  empire  fell  by  its  own  weight. 
If  the  subjects  are  too  few,  they  are  not  sufficient  to  sup- 
press internal  insurrections,  or  repel  attacks  from  with- 
out. 

V.  It  is  frequently  observed,  that  in  every  government 
there  is  a  supreme  irresistible^^  power  lodged  some  where, 
in  king,  senate,  or  people.  To  this  power  is  the  final 
appeal  in  all  questions.  Beyond  this  we  cannot  go. 
How  far  does  this  authority  extend  ?  We  answer  as  far 
as  authority  in  a  social  state  can  extend,^-  it  is  not  ac- 
countable to  any  other  tribunal,  and  it  is  supposed  in  the 
social  compact  that  we  have  agreed  to  submit  to  its  decis- 
ion. There  is  however  an  exception,  if  the  supreme  ])ower 
wherever  lodged,  come  to  be  exercised  in  a  manifestly 
tyrannical  manner,  the  subjects  may  certainly  if  in  their 
power,  resist  and  overthrow  it.  But  this  is  only  when 
it  becomes  manifestly  more  advantageous  to  unsettle 
the  government  altogether,  than  to  submit  to  tyranny. 
This  resistance  to  the  supreme  power  however,  is  subvert- 
ing the  society  altogether,  and  is  not  to  be  attempted  till 
the  government  is  so  corrupt  as  that  anarchy  and  the  un- 

"MS.  C  omits.     "MS.  C  omits  IVe  answer  ....  extend. 


V 


96  Moral  Philosophy 

certainty  of  a  new  settlement  is  preferable  to  the  continu- 
ance as  it  is. 

This  doctrine  of  resistance  even  to  the  supreme  power 
\^  is  essentially  connected  with  what  has  been  said  on  the 
social  contract,  and  the  consent  necessary  to  political 
union.  If  it  be  asked  who  must  judge  when  the  govern- 
ment may  be  resisted,  I  answer  the  subjects  in  general, 
every  one  for  hihiself.  This  may  seem  to  be  making 
them  both  judge  and  party,  but  there  is  no  remedy.  It 
would  be  denying  the  privilege  altogether,  to  make  the 
oppressive  ruler  the  judge. 

It  is  easy  to  see  that  the  meaning  of  this  is  not,  that 
any  little  mistake  of  the  rulers  of  any  society  will  justify 
resistance.  We  must  obey  and  submit  to  them  always,  till 
the  corruption  becomes  intolerable,  for  to  say  that  we 
might  resist  legal  authority  every  time  we  judged  it  to 
be  wrong,  would  be  inconsistent  with  a  state  of  society, 
and  to  the  very  first  idea  of  subjection. 

The  once  famous  controversy  on  passive  obedience  and 
non-resistance,  seems  now  in  our  country  to  be  pretty 
much  over;  what  the  advocate  for  submission  used  to 
say  was,  that  to  teach  the  lawfulness  of  resisting  a  gov- 
ernment in  any  instance,  and  to  make  the  rebel  the  judge, 
is  subversive  of  all  order,  and  must  subject  a  state  to  per- 
petual sedition;  to  which  I  answer,  to  refuse  this  inher- 
ent right  in  every  man,  is  to  establish  injustice  and  ty- 
ranny, and  leave  every  good  subject  without  help,  as  a 
tame  prey  to  the  ambition  and  rapacity  of  others.  No 
doubt  men  may  abuse  the  privilege,  yet  this  does  not 
make  it  void.     Besides  it  is  not  till  a  whole  people  rise, 


Moral  Philosophy  97 

that  resistance  has  any  effect,  and  it  is  not  easy  to  suppose 
that  a  whole  people  would  rise  against  their  governors, 
unless  when  they  have  really  received  very  great  provo- 
cation. Whereas  on  the  other  hand,  nothing  is  more 
natural  than  for  rulers  to  grasp  at  power,  and  their 
situation  enables  them  to  do  it  successfully  by  slow  and 
insensible  encroachments.  In  experience  there  are  many 
instances  of  rulers  becoming  tyrants,  but  compara- 
tively, very  few  of  causeless  and  premature  rebellions. 
There  are  occasional  and  partiaP^  insurrections  in  every 
government.  These  are  easily  raised  by  interested  per- 
sons, but  the  great  majority  continues  to  support  order. 

VI.  Dominion,  it  is  plain  from  all  that  has  been  said 
can  be  acquired  justly  only  one  way,  viz.  by  consent. 
There  are  two  other  ways  commonly  mentioned,  both 
of  which  are  defective,^*  inheritance  and  conquest.  He- 
reditary power  which  originally  rose  from  consent  and  is 
supposed  to  be  founded  upon  the  continuance  of  consent, 
(as  that  of  the  hereditary  power  in  a  limited  monar- 
chy) is  as  lawful  as  any,  but  when  they  pretend  such  a 
right  from  nature,  is^^  independent  of  the  people,  it  is  ab- 
surd. 

That  which  is  called  the  right  of  conquest  ought  to  be 
exploded  altogether.  We  shall  see  by  and  by  what  is  the 
right  of  a  conqueror  in  a  just  war.  It  was  his  right  before, 
and  he  obtains  possession  of  it  by  conquest.  But  to  found 
any  claim  merely  on  conquest  is  not  a  right,  but  robbery. 

Upon  the  whole,  I  will  conclude  with  a  few  remarks 

"MSS.  B  and  C  personal.    "MS.  A  defended.    "  MSS.  A  and  C 
and. 


98  Moral  Philosophy 

upon  the  spirit  and  tendency  of  different  fonns  of  govern- 
ment. 

1.  Monarchical  government  has  a  tendency  to  polite- 
ness and  elegance  of  manners,  and  generally  to  luxury 
The  submission  and  obsequiousness  practised  at  the  court 
of  a  monarch,  diffuses  itself  through  the  whole  state. 

2.  Aristocracy  narrows  the  mind  exceedingly,  and 
indeed  cannot  long  submit  in  a  large  state.  A  small^^ 
aristocracy  however  may  submit  as  a  form  of  government, 
as  long  as  any  other  method,  or  longer. 

3.  Democracy  tends  to  plainness  and  freedom  of 
speech,  and  sometimes  to  a  savage  and  indecent  ferocity. 
Democracy  is  the  nurse  of  eloquence,  because  when  the 
multitude  have  the  power,  persuasion  is  the  only  way  to 
govern  them. 

Let  us  now  ask  this  short  question,  what  is  the  value 
and  advantage  of  civil  liberty? 

Is  it  necessary  to  virtue?  This  cannot  be  supposed. 
A  virtuous  mind  and  virtuous  conduct  is  possible,  and 
perhaps  equally  possible  in  every  form  of  government. 

Is  it  necessary  to  personal  private  happiness?  It  may 
seem  so.  We  see  the  subjects  of  arbitrary  governments 
however  not  only  happy,  but  very  often  they  have  a  great- 
er attachment  to  their  form  of  government  than  those  of 
free  states  have  to  theirs.  And  if  contentment  be  neces- 
sary to  happiness,  there  is  commonly  more  impatience 
and  discontent  in  a  free  state  than  in  any  other.  The 
tyranny  even  of  an  absolute  monarch  does  not  affect  with 
personal  injury  any  of  his  subjects  but  a  few,  and  chiefly 
those  who  make  it  their  choice  to  be  near  him.     Perhaps 

^*  MS.  C  general. 


Moral  Philosophy  gg 

in  free  governments  the  law  and  the  mob  do  more  mis- 
chief to  private  property  than  is  done  in  any  absolute 
monarchy. 

What  then  is  the  advantage  of  civil  liberty?  I  suppose 
it  chiefly  consists  in  its  tendency  to  put  in  motion  all  the 
human  powers.  Therefore  it  promotes  industry,  and  in 
this  respect  happiness, — produces  every  latent  quality, 
and  improves  the  human  mind. — Liberty  is  the  nurse  of 
riches,  literature  and  heroism. ^'^ 


LECTURE    Xm. 
Of  the  Law  of  Nature  and  Nations 

The  next  thing  in  order,  is  to  treat  of  what  is  called 
the  law  of  ii^ture_^  and  t^aiions.  It  has  been  before 
observed,  that  separate  and  independent  states  are  with 
regard  to  one  another  in  a  state  of  natural  liberty,  or 
as  man  to  man  before  the  commencement  of  civil  soci- 
ety. On  this  several  questions  arise.  ( i )  Is  there  any 
such  law?  (2)  What  is  the  law?  (3)  What  is  its  sanc- 
tion, or  how  is  it  to  be  enforced  ? 

That  there  is  such  a  law  is  plain  from  the  reasons  that 
show  the  obligation  which  one  man  lies  under  to  an- 
other. If  there  are  natural  rights  of  men,  there  are  na- 
tural rights  of  nations.  Bodies  politic  in  this  view,  do 
"  MS.  A  persuasion.  MS.  B  omits  the  entire  sentence.  The 
views  here  summarised  are  more  fully  stated  in  a  "Dialogue  on  Civil 
Liberty"  delivered  in  Nassau  Hall  in  January  1776  by  undergradu- 
ates as  an  oratorical  exercise,  and  revised  if  not  actually  prepared 
by  Dr.  Witherspoon.  It  was  printed  in  the  Pennsylvania  Magazine 
for  April  1776. 


lOO  Moral  Philosophy 

not  differ  in  the  least  from  individuals^  Therefore  as  be- 
fore, reason,  conscience,  and  common  utility,  show  that 
there  is  a  law  of  nature  and  nations. 

The  question  what  it  is?  Must  be  considered  in  the 
same  manner.  I  am  not  able  to  recollect  any  perfect  or 
imperfect  right  that  can  belong  to  one  man,  as  distin- 
guished from  another,  but  what  belongs  to  nations,  save 
that  there  is  usually  less  occasion  for  the  imperfect  rights. 
If  we  read  over  the  perfect  rights,  in  a  state  of  natural 
liberty,  we  shall  see  they  all  apply  to  nations.^ 

It  will  also  appear  that  the  imperfect  rights  apply ;  but 
the  occasions  of  exerting  them  are  much  more  rare.  For 
example,  it  is  more  rare  to  see  a  nation  in  a  state  of 
general  indigence,  so  as  to  require  a  supply.  Yet  this 
sometimes  happens.  It  did  so  in  the  case  of  Portugal,  at 
the  time  of  the  great  earthquake  at  Lisbon.  And  the 
other  nations  of  Europe  lent  them  assistance.  It  is  also 
from  this  principle  that  ships  of  different  nations,  meeting 
at  sea,  will  do  acts  of  humanity  to  one  another.  Some 
times  also  there  are  national^  favors  that  deserve  national^ 
gratitude.  But  this  is  seldom  merited,  and  I  believe, 
still  seldomer  paid. 

As  to  the  sanction  of  the  law  of  nature  and  nations,  it 
is  no  other  than  a  general  sense  of  duty,  and  such  a  sense 
of  common  utility,  as  makes  men  fear  that  if  they  noto- 
riously break  these  laws,  reproach  and  infamy  among  all 
nations  will  be  the  effect,  and  probably  resentment  and 
indignation  by  common  consent. 

The  violation  of  the  natural  rights  of  mankind  being  a 
transgression  of  the  law  of  nature,  and  between  nations  as 

'  MS.  C  omits  this  sentence.    ^  MS.  A  natural. 


Moral  Plj^lo^cphy  lor 

in  a  state  of  natural  liberty,  there  being  no  method  of  re- 
dress but  force,  the  law  of  nature  and  nations  has  as  its 
chief  or  only  object  the  manner  of  making  war  and  peace. 

In  war  it  is  proper  to  consider  distinctly  (i.)  The  cau- 
ses for  which  a  just  war  may  be  carried  on.  (2.)  The  time 
of  commencing.  (3.)  The  duration.  (4.)  The  means 
by  which  it  may  be  carried  on. 

As  to  the  first,  the  causes  of  commencing  war  are  ac- 
cording to  the  principles  above  laid  down,  the  violation 
of  any  perfect  right — as  taking  away  the  property  of  the 
other  state,  or  the  lives  of  its  subjects,  or  restraining  them 
in  their  industry,  or  hindering  them  in  the  use  of  things 
common,  &c.  There  is  only  one  perfect  right,  the  viola- 
tion of  which  does  not  seem  to  be  a  cause  of  war;  I  mean 
that  by  which  we  have  a  right  to  character.  NationaP  ca- 
lumny is  scarcely  a  cause  of  war,^  because  it  cannot  be 
frequent  or  of  great  effect.  The  violation  of  imperfect 
rights  cannot  usually  be  a  cause  of  war  between  nations ; 
yet  a  case  may  be  supposed,  in  which  even  these  would  be 
a  just  cause  of  war.  Suppose  a  ship  of  any  nation  should 
go  into  a  port  of  another,  in  the  greatest  distress,  and  not 
only  the  people  in  general,  but  the  governing  part  of  the 
societ)'  should  deny  them  all  assistance — This  would  be  an 
act  of  such  notorious  inhumanity,  and  of  such  evil  exam- 
ple, that  it  may  justify  national  resentment;  and  yet  even 
here,  I  think  there  should  first  be  a  demand  of  justice  upon 
the  offending  persons,  before  vengeance  should  be  taken 
upon  the  state. 

These  are  the  just  and  legitimate  causes  of  making  war. 
Some  add  to  them,  that  when  a  nation  is  seen  to  put  it- 

'  MS.  A  natural. 

*MS.  B  oinits  to  bctivecn  nations. 


I02  Moral  Philosophy 

self  in  such  a  situation  as  to  defence,  or  as  to  the  means  of 
annoying  others,  that  it  seems  to  threaten  hostiHties,  then 
we  are  not  obhged  to  wait  till  it  hath  committed  actual 
injury,  but  may  put  it  in  a  state  of  incapacity :  but  there 
is  no  other  truth  in  this,  but  what  is  founded  upon  the 
other;  for  the  preservation  of  our  property  implies,  that 
if  others  take  such  measures  as  are  not  to  be  accounted  for 
but  upon  the  supposition  of  an  intention  of  wronging  me, 
it  is  often  easier  and  safer  to  prevent  and  disarm  the  rob- 
ber, than  to  suffer  him  to  commit  the  violence,  and  then 
to  strip  and  rob  him  of  his  prey. 

One  thing  more  is  to  be  added,  that  every  nation  has  a 
right  to  join  which  it  pleases  of  two  contending  parties. 
This  is  easily  resolved  into  the  general  principles ;  for  the 
injured  party  may  be  supposed  to  go  to  war  in  defence  of 
some  perfect  right;  and  the  cause  being  just,  the  imper- 
fect right  of  humanity,  as  well  as  general  and  common 
utility,  calls  for  assistance  to  the  oppressed.  So  that  if  we 
have  a  right  to  associate  with  any  nation,  we  may  be  en- 
titled to  protect  their  property  and  rights. 

2.  As  to  the  time  of  commencing  war,  it  seems  to  be 
no  way  contrary  to  naturaP  law  to  say  it  is  at  any  time  the 
injured  party  pleases,  after  having  received  an  injury;  but 
accident  or  utility,  or  a  desire  in  each  party  to  manifest 
the  equity  of  their  cause,  has  introduced  universally  the 
custom  of  declaring  war.  This  begun  very  early,  and 
though  not  of  absolute  right,  having  been  generally  intro- 
duced, must  be  continued,  though  there  is  often  more  of 
form  than  of  substance  in  it ;  for  nations  do  often  begin 
both  attack  and  defence  before  declaration,  as  well  as 

*MS.  B  national. 


Moral  Philosophy  103 

make  all  the  necessary  preparations  for  striking  the  most 
effectual  blow.  The  meaning  of  a  declaration  of  war 
seems  to  be,  to  call  upon  the  injured^  party  to  prevent  it  by 
reparation — Likewise  to  manifest  to  all  other  states,  the 
justice  of  the  cause. 

3.  '''The  duration  of  a  war  should  be  according  to  natu- 
ral equity,  till  the  injury  be  completely  redressed,  and  rea- 
sonable security  given  against  future  attacks:  therefore 
the  practice  too  common  of  continuing  a  war  for  the  ac- 
quisition of  empire  is  to  be  condemned.  Because  one  state 
has  done  some  injury  to  another,  it  seems  quite  unreason- 
able that  they  should  not  only  repair  the  injury,  but  sub- 
vert and  ruin  the  offending  state  altogether^ — this  would 
be  unreasonable  between  man  and  man,  if  one  had 
wronged  another,  not  only  to  repair  the  wrong  but  to 
take  all  the  rest  that  he  had,  and  reduce  his  family  to 
beggary.  It  is  even  more  unreasonable  in  states,  because 
the  offenders  in  states  are  not  to  be  supposed  to  be  the 
whole  people,  but  only  the  rulers  or  perhaps  only  some 
individuals. 

Perhaps  it  may  be  asked  what  is  reasonable  .security 
against  future  injury.  I  answer,  between  equal  indepen- 
dent nations,  solemn  treaties  ought  to  be  considered  as 
security,  but  if  faith  has  been  often  broken,  perhaps  some- 
thing more  may  be  required.  The  mutual  complaints 
of  nations  against  each  other  for  breach  of  faith,  makes 
conquerors  often  demand  such  a  degree  of  security,  as 
puts  the  conquered  altogether  in  their  power. 

4.  As  to  the  legitimate  means  of  carrying  on  the  war,  in 

•  MSS.  A  and  B  injuring,  and  so  corrected  in  the  third  and  sub- 
sequent editions.    'Lecture  XIV,  begins  here  in  M,S.  A. 


104  Moral  Philosophy 

general  it  may  be  said  in  one  word  by  force  or  open  vio- 
lence. It  is  admitted  on  all  hands,  that  this  force  may  be 
used  against  the  person  and  goods  not  only  of  the  rulers, 
but  of  every  member  of  the  hostile  state.  This  may  seem 
hard,  that  innocent  subjects  of  the  state  should  suffer  for 
the  folly  and  indiscretion  of  the  rulers,  or  of  other  mem- 
bers of  the  same  state,  but  it  is  unavoidable.  The  whole 
individuals  that  compose  a  state,  are  considered  but  as  one 
body ;  it  would  be  impossible  for  an  enemy  to  distinguish 
the  guilty  from  the  innocent ;  and  when  men  submit  to  a 
government,  they  risk  their  own  possessions  on  the  same 
bottom  with  the  whole,  in  return  for  the  benefits  of 
society. 
.3*1^  Open  violence  may  be  said  to  have  no  bounds,  and 
^  therefore  every  method  that  can  be  invented  and  the  most 
deadly  weapons  of  annoyance  may  seem  to  be  permit- 
ted— But  from  what  has  been  said  above  and  upon  the 
principles  of  general  equity,  all  acts  of  cruelty  and  inhu- 
manity are  to  be  blamed, — and  all  severity  that  has  not  an 
immediate  effect  in  weakening  the  national  strength  of  the 
enemy  is  certainly  inhumanity — Such  as  killing  prisoners 
whom  you  can  keep  safely — killing  women  and  children 
— burning  and  destroying  everything  that  could  be  of 
use  in  life. 

The  use  of  poisoned  weapons  has  been  also  generally 
condemned — the  poisoning  of  springs  or  provisions. 

To  the  honor  of  modern  times,  and  very  probably  I 
think  the  honor  of  Christianity,  there  is  much  more  hu- 
manity in  the  way  of  carrying  on  war  than  formerly. 

To  aim  particularly  at  the  life  of  a  leader  or  person  of 


Moral  Philosophy  105 

chief  note,  seems  to  have  nothing  in  it  unjust  or  im- 
proper, because  the  more  important  the  life,  it  does  more 
towards  the  finishing  of  the  war;  but  what  many  seem  to 
admit,  the  bribing  of  his  own  people  to  assassinate  him 
privately,  I  cannot  think  honorable  or  fair. 

A  question  is  often  moved  in  morals,  how  far  it  is  law- 
ful to  deceive  an  enemy,  especially  if  we  hold  the  general 
and  universal  obligation  of  truth.  To  this  it  may  be  an- 
swered, in  the  first  place  that  we  may  certainly  with  great 
justice  conceal  our  own  designs  from  an  enemy — as  in- 
deed we  may  generally  from  friends  by  silence  and  guard- 
ing against  every  circumstance  that  may  betray  them. 
Neither  do  I  think  there  is  any  thing  at  all  blame-worthy 
in  a  general  of  an  army  using  ambiguous  signs,  as  feigned 
marches  of  a  part  or  the  whole,  putting  up  lights  or  such 
things,  because  after  a  declaration  of  war  he  does  not  pre- 
tend to  give  information  to  his  enemy  of  his  motions,  nay 
it  is  expected  on  both  sides  that  they  will  do  the  best  they 
can  to  over-reach  one  another  in  point  of  prudence.  Yet 
I  can  scarce  think  it  right  to  employ  people  to  go  to  the 
enemy  and  professing  to  be  sincere,  tell  direct  falsehoods, 
and  deceive  them  by  that  false  intelligence. 

It  is  the  custom  of  all  to  send  spies  to  discover  the  ene- 
my's designs,  and  also  to  bribe  some  of  the  enemies  them- 
selves to  discover  the  designs  of  their  leaders — The  last  of 
which  is,  I  think,  at  least  of  a  doubtful  nature,  or  rather 
unjust^ — Though  sending  spies  is  by  all  approved,  yet 
(what  may  seem  a  little  unaccountable)  .such  spies  are  al- 
ways punished  with  instant  death  by  the  opposite  side 
when  detected.     The  reason  probably  is,  that  pretending 


io6  Moral  Philosophy 

friendship  they  have  a  right  to  consider  them  as  traitors 
— Or  as  they  are  in  an  act  of  hostility  they  kill  them  as 
they  would  do  an  enemy  in  battle  when  in  their  power. 

These  circumstances  apply  to  all  war  in  general;  but 
there  is  a  distinction  of  wars  by  civilians  into  two  kinds, 
solemn  and  civil.  The  first  includes  all  wars  between 
states  formerly  independent,  the  other  internal  insurrec- 
tions of  a  part  of  one  government  against  another. 

There  has  generally  been  a  great  difference  in  the  be- 
havior of  the  opposite  parties  in  these  different  ways.  In 
solemn  wars  there  is  a  presumption  of  integrity  in  the 
plurality  on  both  sides,  each  believes  his  own  cause  to  be 
just.  On  this  account  they  are  to  be  treated  with  the 
more  humanity.  In  civil  wars  the  insurgents  are  con- 
sidered as  making  unjust  resistance  to  the  ruling  part  of 
the  society,^  and  therefore  guilty  of  the  greatest  crimes 
against  society.  Therefore  they  are  often  treated  with 
great  rigor,  and  when  taken  in  battle,  reserved  to  solemn 
trial  and  public  execution.  There  is  some  reason  for 
this  in  many  cases,  when  it  is  indeed  an  unreasonable 
or  unprovoked  insurrection  of  disorderly  citizens;  but 
there  are  many  cases  in  which  the  pretences  on  both  sides 
are  so  plausible,  that  the  war  should  be  in  all  respects 
considered  as  solemn. 

It  should  be  observed,  notwithstanding  the  hostile  dis- 
position, there  are  occasions,  both  in  a  treaty  for  peace  and 
during  the  continuance  of  the  war,  when  enemies  are 
under  the  strongest  obligations  to  sincerity  in  their  behav- 
ior to  each  other. — When  proposals  are  made  for  accom- 

"  MSS.  B  and  C  omit  rest  of  sentence. 


Moral  [Philosophy  107 

modating  the  differences,  for  a  suspension  of  arms,  for 
an  exchange  of  prisoners,^  or  any  thing  similar. 

It  is  worth  while  to  inquire,  whether  the  greatest  honor 
and  candor  in  war,  with  a  strict  adherence  to  all  the 
laws  above  laid  down,  would  give  any  party  a  great  ad- 
vantage who  should  take  the  libert}^  of  transgressing  them 
— as  for  example,  who  should  use  poisoned  weapons — 
should  send  people  to  tell  false  stories — should  bribe  sub- 
jects to  assassinate  a  hostile  prince — I  answer,  that  they 
would  have  no  advantage  at  all,  but  probably  the  contrary. 
There  is  something  powerful  in  magnanimity,  which  sub- 
dues the  hearts  of  enemies;  nay,  sometimes  terrifies  them, 
and  particularly  inspires  a  general's  army  with  invincible 
courage.  Besides  these,  sinister  arts  are  not  so  terrible  as 
may  be  imagined — telling  false  news  is  as  easily  discov- 
ered as  any  trick  whatsoever. 

Prudence  and  integrity  have  no  need  of  any  assistance 
from  fraud — acts  even  of  generosity  from  enemy  to 
enemy  are  often  as  useful  as  any  acts  of  hostility.  There 
was  something  very  handsome  in  the  Roman  general, 
who  refused  to  avail  himself  of  the  treachery  of  a  school- 
master, as  well  as  whimsical  in  the  way  in  which  he  pun- 
ished the  traitor. 

Of  Making  Peace. 

As  already  hinted  all  proposals  tending  to  this  purpose 
ought  to  be  made  with  the  utmost  sincerity.  Of  all  de- 
ceits in  war  the  most  infamous  is  that  of  making  a  treaty, 
or  seeking  a  conference,  only  to  take  advantage  of  the 
security  of  one  party  to  destroy  him — by  assassination  or 
by  breaking  a  truce  to  fight  with  advantage. 

'MS.  C  inserts  for  burying  the  dead. 


io8  Moral  Philosophy 

The  terms  of  peace  ought  to  be  agreeable  to  the  end 
of  making  war.  Damages  should  be  repaired,  and  se- 
curity given  against  future  injury. 

We  have  often  said  that  nation  to  nation  is  as  man  to 
man  in  a  state  of  natural  liberty;  therefore  treaties  of 
peace  between  nations  should  in  general  proceed  upon 
the  same  principles  as  private  contracts  between  man  and 
man.  There  is  however  an  exception,  that  contracts  be- 
tween individuals  are  (at  least  by  war)  always  void  when 
they  are  the  effect  of  constraint  upon  one  side.  Now  this 
must  not  hold  in  treaties  between  nations,  because  it 
would  always  furnish  a  pretext  for  breaking  them.  On 
the  side  of  the  conquered  a  treaty  is  always  in  a  great  de- 
gree the  effect  of  necessity. 

It  is  generally  however  laid  down  in  most  authors  as 
a  principle,  that  the  terms  imposed^ '^  and  submitted  to 
may  be  sometimes  so  rigorous  and  oppressive,  as  to 
justify  the  injured  party  in  revolting  when  they  are 
able.  This  seems  to  me  to  be  very  lax  in  point  of 
morals.  It  would  be  better  I  think  to  say,  that  the 
people  who  made  the  treaty  should  not  recede  from  it. 
Their  posterity  however,  at  some  distance  cannot,  be 
supposed  bound  to  unjust  servitude  by  the  deeds  of 
their  fathers. 

Let  us  conclude  this  subject  by  a  few  remarks  on  the 
situation  of  neutral  states. 

1.  Every  state  has  a  right  when  others  are  contending 
to  remain  neuter,  and  assist  neither  party. 

2.  They  have  a  right  to  all  their  former  privileges 
with  both  the  contending  parties — may  carry  on  their 

"  MS.  B  proposed. 


Moral  Philosophy  109 

traffic  with  both,  and  may  show  all  the  usual  marks  of 
friendship  to  both — only  it  has  been  generally  agreed 
upon  that  they  are  not  to  trade  with  any  of  them  in  cer- 
tain articles  supposed  to  be  of  consequence  in  carrying 
on  war,  particularly  provisions  and  arms. 

3.  Neutral  powers  should  keep  their  harbors  alike  open 
to  both  for  common  refreshment,  and  as  an  asylum  to  fly 
to.  And  it  is  held  necessary  that  the  contending  powers 
must  not  carry  on  their  quarrel  nor  exercise  any  hostilities 
within  the  territories  of  a  neutral  state. 

4.  Neutral  states  may  purchase  moveable  goods  from 
any  of  the  contending  parties  which  have  been  taken 
from  the  other.  But  not  so  with  respect  to  lands  or  forts, 
because  if  the  other  party  are  able  they  will  re-take  their 
possessions. 

5.  Deeds  of  a  violent  possessor  are  held  to  be  valid, 
that  is  to  say,  if  a  conqueror  prevails  for  a  time,  and  levies 
tribute  from  any  country,  and  afterwards  the  rightful 
[)Ossessor  prevails,  it  would  be  unjust  to  demand  the 
tribute  again,  because  the  true  owner  was  not  able  to 
give  protection  to  the  subjects,  and  what  was  paid  was 
lost  through  his  weakness.  The  same  thing  may  be  said 
of  a  dependant  state;  if  it  owes  any  money  and  service  to 
a  supreme  state,  and  an  enemy  exact  it  by  force,  the 
proper  creditor  cannot  justly  demand  it  again. 

On  the  whole,  those  things  that  have  been  generally 
received  as  the  law  of  nature  and  nations,  are  founded 
on  the  principles  of  equity,  and  when  well  observed  do 
greatly  promote  general  utility. 


no  Moral  Philosophy 

LECTURE    XIV. 1 
Jurisprudence. 

Jurisprudence  is  the  method  of  enacting  and  adminis- 
terirrg  civil  laws  in  any  constitution. 

We  cannot  propose  to  go  through  a  system  of  civil 
laws,  and  therefore  what  I  have  in  view  is  to  make  some 
preliminary  remarks,  and  then  to  point  out  the  object  of 
civil  laws,  and  the  manner  of  their  operation. 

I.  The  first  preliminary  remark  is,  that  a  constitution 
is  excellent  when  the  spirit  of  the  civil  laws  is  such  as  to 
have  a  tendency  to  prevent  offences  and  make  men  good, 
as  much  as  to  punish  them  when  they  do  evil. 

This  is  necessar}-  in  some  measure;  for  when  the  gen- 
eral disposition  of  a  people  is  against  the  laws,  they  can- 
not long  subsist  even  by  a  strict  and  rigorous  execution  on 
the  part  of  the  rulers.  There  is  however  more  of  this 
in  some  constitutions  than  in  others.  Solon  and  Xeno- 
phon,  as  well  as  Lycurgus,  seem  to  have  formed  their 
plan  very  much  with  this  view,  to  direct  the  manners  of 
the  people  in  the  first  place,  which  will  always  make  the 
observation  of  particular  laws  easy. 

But  how  shall  the  magistrate  manage  this  matter,  or 
what  can  be  done  by  law  to  make  the  people  of  any  state 
virtuous?  If,  as  we  have  seen  above,  virtue  and  piety  are 
inseparably  connected,  then  to  promote  true  religion  is 
the  best  and  most  effectual  way  of  making  a  virtuous  and 
regular  people.  Love  to  God,  and  love  to  man,  is  the 
substance  of  religion;  when  these  prevail  civil  laws  will 
.'lave  little  to  do. 
» Lecture  XV.  in  MS.  A. 


Moral  Philosophy  i  i  i 

But  this  leads  to  a  ver}-  important  disquisition  how 
far  the  magistrate  ought  to  interfere  in  matters  of  re- 
ligion. Religious  sentiments  are  very  various — and  we 
have  given  it  as  one  of  the  perfect  rights  in  natural  liberty, 
and  which  ought  not  to  be  alienated  even  in  society, 
that  every  one  should  judge  for  himself  in  matters  of  re- 
ligion. 

What  the  magistrate  may  do  on  this  subject  seems  to  be 
confined  to  the  three  following  particulars: 

(i.)  The  magistrate  (or  ruling  part  of  any  society) 
ought  to  encourage  piety  by  his  own  example,  and  by  en- 
deavoring to  make  it  an  object  of  public  esteem.  When- 
ever the  general  opinion  is  in  favor  of  any  thing  it  will 
have  many  followers.  Magistrates  may  promote  and  en- 
courage men  of  piety  and  virtue,  and  they  may  dis- 
countenance those  whom  it  would  be  improper  to  punish. 

(2.)  The  magistrate  ought  to  defend  the  rights  of  con- 
science, and  tolerate  all  in  their  religious  sentiments  that 
are  not  injurious  to  their  neighbors.  In  the  ancient 
heathen  states  there  was  less  occasion  for  this,  because  in 
the  system  of  polytheism  the  different  gods  and  rites 
were  not  supposed  to  be  opposite,  but  co-ordinate  and  con- 
sistent ;  but  when  there  is  believed  to  be  but  one  God,  the 
sentiments  about  his  nature  and  worship  will  often  be  con- 
sidered as  essentially  repugnant  one  to  another. 

The  pretence  of  infidels,  that  persecution  only  belongs 
to  the  Christian  religion,  is  absurd ;  for  the  Christian  was 
the  first  religion  that  was  persecuted,^  and  it  was  the 
necessary  consequence  of  saying,  that  the  gods  of  the 
heathens  were  no  gods. 

*MS.  C  omits  rest  of  sentence. 


112  Moral  Philosophy 

At  present  as  things  are  situated,  one  of  the  most  im- 
portant duties  of  the  magistracy  is  to  protect  the  rights 
of   conscience. 

It  is  commonly  said,  however,  that  in  case  any  sect 
holds  tenets  subversive  of  society  and  inconsistent  with 
the  rights  of  others  that  they  ought  not  to  be  tolerated. 
On  this  footing  Popery  is  not  tolerated  in  Great  Britain ; 
because  they  profess  entire  subjection  to  a  foreign  power, 
the  see  of  Rome;  and  therefore  must  be  in  opposition  to 
the  proper  interest  of  their  own  state;  and  because  vio- 
lence or  persecution  for  religion  is  a  part  of  their  relig- 
ion, which  makes  their  prosperity  threaten  ruin  to  others 
— as  well  as  the  principle  imputed  to  them,  which  they 
deny,  that  faith  is  not  to  be  kept  with  heretics.  But  how- 
ever just  this  may  be  in  a  way  of  reasoning,  we  ought  in 
general  to  guard  against  persecution  on  a  religious  ac- 
count as  much  as  possible,  because  such  as  hold  absurd 
tenets  are  seldom  dangerous.  Perhaps  they  are  never 
dangerous,  but  when  they  are  oppressed.  Papists  are 
tolerated  in  Holland  without  danger  to  liberty.  And 
though  not  properly  tolerated,  they  are  now  connived 
at  in  Britain. 

In  ancient  times,  in  great  states  the  censorial  power  was 
found  necessary  to  their  continuance,  which  inspected  the 
manners  of  men.  It  seems  probable,  that  supporting  the 
religious  sects  in  modern  times  answers  this  end,  for  the 
particular  discipline  of  each  sect,  is  intended  for  the  cor- 
rection of  manners. 

(3.)  The  magistrate  may  enact  laws  for  the  punish- 
ment of  acts  of  profanity  and  impiety.  The  different 
sentiments  of  men  in  religion,  ought  not  by  any  means 


Moral  Philosophy  113 

to  encourage  or  give  a  sanction  to  such  acts  as  any  of 
them  count  pi  o  fane. 

Many  are  of  opinion  that  besides  all  this,  the  magis- 
trate ought  to  make  public  provision  for  the  worship  of 
God,  in  such  manner  as  is  agreeable  to  the  great  body  of 
the  society ;  though  at  the  same  time  all  who  dissent  f rorrx 
it,  are  fully  tolerated.  And  indeed  there  seems  to  be  a 
good  deal  of  reason  for  it,  that  so  instruction  may  be  pro- 
vided for  the  bulk  of  common  people,  who  would,  many 
of  them,  neither  support  nor  employ  teachers,  unless  they 
were  obliged.  The  magistrates  right  in  this  case,  seems 
to  be  something  like  that  of  a  parent,  they  have  a  right 
to  instruct,  but  not  to  constrain. 

(2)  The  second  preliminary  remark  is,  that  laws 
should  be  so  framed  as  to  promote  such  principles  in 
general,  as  are  favorable  to  good  government,  and  par- 
ticularly that  principle,  if  there  be  one,  that  gave  rise  to 
the  constitution,  and  is  congenial  to  it. 

Such  a  principle  as  I  have  in  view,  is  generally  the 
point  of  honor  in  a  country,  and  this  lawgivers  and  ad- 
ministrators of  law  should  endeavor  to  preserve  in  its  full 
vigor,  for  whenever  it  is  undermined  the  constitution 
goes  to  ruin. 

Of  these  principles,  sobriety,  industry,  and  public  spirit 
are  the  chief.  Some  states  are  formed  to  subsist  by 
sobriety  and  parsimony,  as  the  Lacedemonians. 

Industry  is  the  prevailing  principle,  in  others,  as  in 
Holland.  Public  spirit  in  others,  as  in  Greece,  ancient 
Rome,  and  Britain.  Only  public  spirit  may  be  diversi- 
fied, sometimes  it  is  a  passion  for  acquiring  glory  and 


114  Moral  Philosophy 

dominion,  as  in  Rome,  and  sometimes  for  preserving 
liberty,  as  in  Gr<  2ce  and  Britain. 

When  I  say  that  in  the  management  of  a  state,  the 
utmost  attention  should  be  given  to  the  principle  of  the 
constitution  to  preserve  it  in  its  vigor,  I  mean  that 
though  all  other  crimes  are  bad  and  ni  part  tend  to  the 
ruin  of  a  state,  yet  this  is  much  more  the  case  with 
crimes  against  that  principle  than  any  other.  Any  act 
of  immorality  was  bad  at  Sparta,  but  to  make  poverty 
and  parsimony  reproachful,  and  to  introduce  fine  houses 
and  furniture  and  delicate  entertainments,  would  have 
been  instant  ruin. 

Any  act  of  immorality  would  be  hurtful  in  Holland, 
but  to  make  fraudulent  bankruptcy  less  infamous  than  it 
is,  would  immediately  destroy  them. 

Sobriety,  industry,  and  public  spirit  are  nearly  allied, 
and  have  a  reciprocal  influence  upon  one  another.  Yet 
there  may  be  a  great  degree  of  some  of  them  in  the 
absence  of  the  others.  In  Sparta  there  was  much  sobriety 
and  public  spirit,  but  little  industry.  In  Athens,  industr)^ 
and  public  spirit,  with  veiy  little  parsimony. 

In  opposition  to  the  whole  of  this,  Mandeville  wrote  a 
book  called  The  fable  of  the  Bees,  which  seems  to  be 
levelled  against  sobriety,  industry  and  public  spirit,  all  at 
once ;  his  position  is,  that  private  vices  are  public  benefits, 
and  that  the  waste  and  luxury  of  one  man  supplies  the 
wants  of  another;  but  it  is  easy  to  overthrow  his  reason- 
ing, for  though  sober  and  industrious  persons  spend  each 
less  than  a  profuse  person,  yet  sobriety  and  industry  tend 
much  more  to  population,  and  by  that  means  they  are 
mutually  serviceable  to  each  other.     Luxury  and  vice 


Mo  ral  Phil osopli y  1 1 5 

only  waste  and  destroy,  they  add  nothing  to  the  common 
stock  of  property  or  of  happiness.  Experience  fully 
justifies  this,  for  though  from  the  luxury  of  one  man 
another  may  reap  some  gain,  the  luxury  of  a  nation  al- 
ways tends  to  the  ruin  of  that  nation. 

(3)  A  third  preliminary  remark  is,  that  laws  may  be 
of  two  kinds,  either  written  or  in  the  breasts  of  magis- 
trates. In  every  constitution  of  note,  there  is  something 
of  each  of  these  kinds.  It  is  uncertain  whether  it  is  betr 
ter  to  have  many  or  few  special  laws.  On  the  one  hand 
it  seems  to  be  the  very  spirit  of  a  free  constitution  to  have 
every  thing  as  strictly  defined  as  possible,  and  to  leave 
little  in  the  power  of  the  judge.  But  on  the  other  hand, 
a  multiplicity  of  laws  is  so  apt  to  lead  to  litigation  and 
to  end  in  ambiguity,  that  perhaps  judges  of  equity  chosen 
by  the  district  in  which  they  live  and  are  to  act,  and 
chosen  but  for  a  time,  would  be  a  more  just  and  equitable 
method  of  ending  differences.  But  the  difficulty  of  set- 
tling a  constitution  so  as  always  to  secure  the  election  of 
impartial  judges,  has  made  modern  states,  where  there  is 
liberty,  prefer  a  •  multiplicity  of  writ  ^n  laws. 

(4)  The  last  preliminary  remark  is  that  no  human 
constitution  can  be  so  formed,  but  that  there  must  be  ex- 
ceptions to  every  law.  So  that  there  may  be  in  every 
nation  oppression  under  form  of  law,  according  to  the 
old  maxim,  summum  jus,  summa  injuria.  This  further 
shows  the  necessity  of  forming  the  manners  of  a  people. 

After  having  laid  down  these  preliminaries,  we  may 
observe  that  the  objects  of  civil  laws  may  be  divided  into 
the  three   following  particulars. 

I.  To  ratify  the  moral  laws  by  the  sanction  of  the  so- 


ii6  Moral  Philosophy 

ciety.  The  transgression  of  such  laws  are  called  crimes 
as  profanity,  adultery,  murder,  calumny,  &c.  And  they 
are  prosecuted  and  punished  by  order  of  the  public  ac- 
cording to  the  spirit  of  every  constitution. 
"  2.  To  lay  down  a  plan  for  all  contracts  in  the  com- 
merce or  intercourse  between  man  and  man.  To  show 
when  a  contract  is  valid,  and  how  to  be  proved.  The 
transgressions  of  such  laws  are  called  frauds.  They 
chiefly  regard  the  acquisition,  transmission,  or  alienation 
of  property. 

3.  To  limit  and  direct  persons  in  the  exercise  of 
their  own  rights,  and  oblige  them  to  show  respect  to  the 
interfering  rights  of  others.  This  contains  the  whole  of 
what  is  called  the  police  of  a  country. — And  the  trans- 
gression of  such  laws  are  called  trespasses.^  A  number  of 
things  in  this  view  may  become  illegal  which  before  were 
not  immoral. 

Of  the  Sanction  of  the  Moral  Laws.^ 

In  all  polished  nations,  there  are  punishments  annexed 
to  the  transgression  of  the  moral  laws,  whether  against 
God,  our  neighbor,  or  ourselves  f  in  the  doing  of  which, 
the  three  following  things  are  chiefly  necessary. 

(i.)  To  determine  what  crimes  and  what  degree  of 
the  same  crime,  are  to  be  inquired  into  by  the  civil 
magistrate.  It  is  of  necessity  that  in  a  free  state  crimes 
should  be  precisely  defined,  that  men  may  not  be  ignor- 
antly  or  rashly  drawn  into  them.  There  are  degrees  of 
every  crime — profanity,  impurity,  violence,  slander,  that 

'  MSS.  B  and  C  omit  this  sentence.  *  Lecture  XVI  begins  here  in 
MS.  A.    '  MS.  B  omits  or  ourselves. 


Moral  Philosophy  117 

are  blameable  in  point  of  morals,  nay,  even  such  as  may- 
fall  under  the  discipline  of  a  religious  society — that  if 
they  were  made  cognisable  by  the  civil  magistrate, 
would  multiply  laws  and  trials  beyond  measure. 

(2.)  To  appoint  the  methods  of  ascertaining  the  com- 
mission of  crimes.  This  is  usually  by  testimony,  in  which 
we  are  to  consider  the  number  and  character  of  the 
witnesses.  Generally  through  Christendom,  and  indeed 
most  other  parts  of  the  world  two  witnesses  have 
been  esteemed  necessary  to  fix  crimes  upon  an  accused  per- 
son; not  but  that  the  positive  evidence  of  one  person 
of  judgment  and  untainted  character  is  in  many  cases 
sufficient  to  gain  belief,  and  often  stronger  than  two  of 
unknown  or  doubtful  credit,  but  it  was  necessary  to 
lay  down  some  rule,  and  two  are  required  to  guard 
against  the  danger  of  hired  evidence,  and  to  give  an  op- 
portunity of  trying  how  they  agree  together.  To  have 
required  more  would  have  made  a  proof  difficult  or  im- 
possible in  many  cases. 

It  seems  to  be  a  maxim  in  law,  and  founded  on  reason, 
that  in  the  case  of  what  are  called  occult  crimes,  such 
as  murder,  adultery,  forgery,  and  some  others  where  the 
nature  of  the  thing  shows  that  there  must  be  a  penury 
of  evidence,  they  sometimes  content  themselves  with 
fewer  witnesses,  if  there  are  corroborating  circumstances 
to  strengthen  their  testimony. 

It  seems  to  be  a  matter  not  easily  decided,  whether  it  be 
agreeable  to  reason  and  justice,  in  the  case  of  very  atro- 
cious crimes,  that  on  account  of  the  atrocity,  less  evidence 
should  be  sufficient  for  conviction,  or  that  more  should  be 
required.    On  the  one  hand,  the  more  atrocious  the  crime, 


ii8  Moral  Philosophy 

the  greater  the  hurt  to  society,  and  the  more  need  of 
pubHc  vengeance.  On  the  other  hand,  the  more  atrocious 
the  crime,  and  the  heavier  the  punishment,  it  seems 
agreeable  to  justice  that  the  conviction  should  be  upon  the 
more  unquestioned  evidence.  Lawyers  are  seen  to  take 
their  common  places,  sometimes  the  one  way,  sometimes 
the  other.  It  is  often  thought  that  in  practice,  less  evi- 
dence is  sufficient  to  convict  a  man  of  murder,  forgery, 
rape,  and  other  crimes  of  a  deep  dye.  But  I  am  per- 
suaded that  the  appearance  is  owing  to  the  greater  and 
more  general  eagerness  to  discover  the  perpetrators  of 
such  crimes.  Others  are  suffered  to  escape  more  easily, 
not  that  more  evidence  is  necessar>',  but  that  it  is  more 
difficult  to  get  at  the  evidence. 

Evidence  may  be  distinguished  into  two  kinds,  direct 
and  circumstantial.  Direct  evidence  is  when  the  wit- 
nesses swear  to  their  sight  or  knowledge  of  the  accused 
committing  the  crime.  Circumstantial  when  they  only 
swear  to  certain  facts  which  cannot  be  supposed  to  have 
existed  unless  the  crime  had  been  committed.  As  a 
man  found  dead, — another  found  near  the  place — with  a 
weapon  bloody, — or  clothes  bloody,  &c.  Some  have 
affirmed  that  circumstantial  evidence  is  stronger  than 
direct,  but  it  must  be  taken  with  ver>'  great  caution  and 
judgment. 

(3.)  The  law  is  to  proportion  and  appoint  the  punish- 
ment due  to  every  crime  when  proven. 

Punishment  in  all  regular  states,  is  taken  wholly  out 
of  the  hands  of  the  injured  persons,  and  committed  to 
the  magistrate,  though  in  many  or  most  cases  the  injured 


Moral  Philosophy  1 19 

party  is  suffered  to  join  tlie  magistrate  in  the  prosecution, 
and  to  have  a  certain  claim,  by  way  of  reparation,  as  far 
as  that  is  practicable. 

Therefore  the  punishment  in  general  must  consist  of 
two  parts,  (i)  reparation  to  the  sufferer.  (2)  the  vin- 
dicta  publica,  which  has  sometimes  two  ends  in  view, 
to  be  an  example  to  others,  and  to  reclaim  and  reform 
the  offenders,^  as  in  corporal  punishment  less  than  death. 
Sometimes  but  one,  the  good  of  others  in  the  example, 
as  in  capital  punishments,  and  banishment. 

The  kind  of  punishment  and  the  degree,  is  left  wholly 
to  different  lawgivers,  and  the  spirit  of  different  constitu- 
tions. Public  utility  is  the  rule.  Punishment  is  not  al- 
ways proportioned  to  the  atrociousness  of  the  crime  in 
point  of  morals,  but  to  the  frequency  of  it,  and  the  dan- 
ger of  its  prevailing. 

Some  nations''^  require,  and  some  will  bear  greater  seve- 
rity in  punishments  than  others. 

The  same  or  similar  conduct  often  produces  opposite 
effects.  Severe  laws  and  severe  punishments,  sometimes 
banish  crimes,  but  very  often  the  contrary.  When  laws 
are  very'  sanguinary,  it  often  makes  the  subjects  hate  the 
law  more  than  they  fear  it,  and  the  transition  is  very 
easy  from  hating  the  law  to  hating  those  who  are  entrust- 
ed with  the  execution  of  it.  Such  a  state  of  things 
threatens  insurrections  and  convulsions,  if  not  the  dis- 
solution of  a  government. 

Another  usual  effect  of  excessive  .severity  in  laws  is. 

•  MS.  C  omits  rest  of  sentence.  '  MSS.  A  and  B  natures.  MS.  C 
In  some  nations  men  voluntarily  learn  and  some  require  greater  pun- 
ishment tfian  others. 


I20  Moral  Philosophy 

that  they  are  not  put  in  execution.  The  public  is  not 
willing  to  lend  its  aid  to  the  discovery  and  conviction  of 
offenders;  so  that  in  time  the  law  itself  becomes  a  mere 
brutum  fulmen  and  loses  its  authority. 

I  may  make  one  particular  remark,  that  though  many 
things  are  copied  from  the  law  of  Moses  into  the  laws  of 
the  modern  nations,  yet  so  far  as  I  know  none  of  them 
have  introduced  the  lex  talionis  in  the  case  of  injuries,  an 
eye  for  an  eye,  and  a  tooth  for  a  tooth,  &c.  and  yet  per- 
haps there  are  many  instances  in  which  it  would  be  very 
proper.  The  equity  of  the  punishment  would  be  quite 
manifest,  and  probably  it  would  be  as  effectual  a  restraint 
from  the  commission  of  injury  as  any  that  could  be 
chosen. 

The  concluding  remark  shall  be,  that  it  is  but  seldom 
that  very  severe  and  sanguinary  laws  are  of  service  to  the 
good  order  to  a  state ;  but  after  laws  have  been  fixed  with 
as  much  equity  and  moderation  as  possible,  the  execution 
of  them  should  be  strict  and  rigorous.  Let  the  laws  be 
'\^  just  and  the  magistrate  inflexible. 


LECTURE    XV. 

The  second  object  of  civil  laws  being  to  regulate  the 
making  of  contracts,  and  the  whole  intercourse  between 
man  and  man  relating  to  the  acquisition,  possession  and 
alienation  of  property,  we  must  consider  carefully  the 
nature  of 


Moral  Philosophy  121 

Contracts. 

A  contract  is  a  stipulation  between  two  parties  before 
at  liberty,  to  make  some  alteration  of  property,  or  to  bind 
one  or  both  parties  to  the  performance  of  some  service. 

Contracts  are  absolutely  necessary  in  social  life.  Every 
transaction  almost  may  be  considered  as  a  contract,  either 
more  or  less  explicit. 

The  principal  thing  which  constitutes  a  contract  is, 
consent.  But  in  some  kinds  of  contracts,  viz.  the  gratu- 
itous, the  consent  of  the  receiver  is  presumed.  In  the 
transmission  of  estates  by  donation  or  testament  this  is 
presumed — and  those  who  are  incapable  of  giving  their 
consent  through  infancy,  may  notwithstanding  acquire 
property  and  rights.  When  a  man  comes  into  a  settled 
country  and  purchases  property,  he  is  supposed,  besides 
every  other  part  of  the  bargain,  to  purchase  it  under  such 
conditions,  and  subject  himself  to  such  laws  as  are  in 
force  in  that  country. 

Contracts  are  said  to  be  of  three  degrees  in  point  of 
fulness  and  precision — (i.)  A  simple  affirmation  of  a  de- 
sign as  to  futurity — as  when  I  say  to  any  one  that  I 
shall  go  to  such  a  place  to-morrow :  this  is  not  pro- 
perly binding,  and  it  is  supposed  that  many  things  may 
occur  to  make  me  alter  my  resolution — yet  a  frequent  al- 
teration of  professed  purposes  gives  the  character  of 
levity ;  therefore  a  prudent  man  will  be  cautious  of  declar- 
ing his  purposes  till  he  is  well  determined.  (2.)  A  gra- 
tuitous promise  of  doing  some  favor  to  me.  This  is  not 
made  binding  in  law,  nor  does  it  usually  convey  a  perfect 
right,  because  it  supposes  that  the  person  who  was  the  oh- 


122  Moral  Philosophy 

ject  of  good  will,  may,  by  altering  his  behaviour,  forfeit 
his  title  to  it,  or  that  the  person  promising  may  find  it 
much  more  inconvenient,  costly  or  hurtful  to  himself,  than 
he  supposed ;  or,  lastly,  that  what  was  intended  as  a  service 
"if  perfoiTned  appears  plainly  to  be  an  injury.  In  the  last 
case  every  one  must  see,  that  it  cannot  be  binding;  but 
in  the  two  former,  I  apprehend  that  in  all  ordinary  cases 
a  distant^  promise  is  binding  in  conscience,  though  it  may 
not  be  necessary  to  make  it  binding  in  law.  I  say  all  or- 
dinary cases,  because  it  is  easy  to  figure  a  case  in  which  I 
may  make  a  promise  to  another,  and  such  circumstances 
may  afterwards  occur  as  I  am  quite  confident,  if  the  per- 
son knew,  he  would  not  hold  me  to  my  promise. 

3.    The  third  degree  is  a  complete  contract,  with  con- 
sent on  both  sides,  and  obligation  upon  one  or  both. 

The-  essentials  of  a  contract  which  render  it  valid,  and 
any  of  which  being  wanting,  it  is  void,  are  as  follow : 

That  it  be,  (i.)  Free.  (2.)  Mutual.  (3.)  Possible. 
(4.)  Careful.^  (5.)  With  a  capable  person.  (6.)  For- 
mal. 

First.  It  must  be  free.  Contracts  made  by  unjust  force 
are  void  always  in  law,  and  sometimes  in  conscience.  It 
must  however  be  unjust  force,  because  in  treaties  of  peace 
between  nations,  as  we  have  seen  before,  force  does  not 
void  the  contract;  and  even  in  private  life  sometimes 
men  are  forced  to  enter  into  contracts  by  the  order  of  a 
magistrate,  sometimes  by  the  threatening  of  legal  prosecu- 
tion, which  does  not  make  them  void. 

'The  MSS.  read  distinct.  ^Lecture  XVII  begins  here  in  MS.  A. 
'  MS.  B  Lawful,  obviously  the  correct  reading,  but  the  correction 
was  not  made  until  the  1822  edition. 


Moral  Pliilosopkx  123 

2.  They  must  be  mutual,  that  is,  the  consent  of  the 
one  as  well  as  that  of  the  other  must  be  had.  Contracts 
in  this  view  become  void  either  by  fraud  on  one  side,  or  by 
essential  error.  If  any  man  contrives  a  contract  so  as  to 
bind  the  other  party,  and  keep  himself  free,  this  fraud 
certainly  nullifies  the  agreement — or  if  there  is  an  essen- 
tial error  in  the  person  or  the  thing,  as  if  a  person  should 
oblige  himself  to  one  man  supposing  him  to  be  another. 

3.  Contracts  should  be  of  things  evidently  possible,  and 
probably  in  our  power.  Contracts  by  which  men  oblige 
themselves  to  do  things  impossible,  are  no  doubt  void  from 
the  beginning;  but  if  the  iinpossibility  was  known  to  the 
contracting  party,  it  must  have  been  either  absurd  or 
fraudulent.  When  things  engaged  for  become  impossible 
by  the  operation  of  Providence  without  a  man's  own  fault, 
the  contract  is  void,  and  he  is  guiltless — as  if  a  man 
should  covenant  to  deliver  at  a  certain  place  and  time  a 
number  of  cattle,  and  when  he  is  almost  at  the  place  of 
destination  they  should  be  killed  by  thunder,  or  any  other 
accident,  out  of  his  power. 

4.  Contracts  must  be  of  things  lawful.  All  engage- 
ments to  do  things  unlawful,  are  from  the  beginning 
void;  but  by  unlawful  must  be  understood  the  violation 
of  perfect  rights.  If  a  man  oblige  himself  for  a  reward 
to  commit  murder,  or  any  kind  of  fraud,  the  engagement 
is  void;  but  it  was  criminal  in  the  transacting,  and  the 
reward  ought  to  be  returned,  or  given  to  public  uses. 
There  are  many  contracts,  however,  which  are  very 
blameable  in  making,  that  must,  notwithstanding,  l)e 
kept,  and  must  not  be  made  void  in  law — as  rash  and 


124  Moral  Philosophy 

foolish  bargains,  where  there  was  no  fraud  on  the  other 
side.  If  such  were  to  be  voided,  great  confusion  would 
be  introduced.  The  cases  of  this  kind  are  numerous, 
and  may  be  greatly  diversified. 

"5.  Contracts  must  be  made  with  a  capable  person,  that 
is  to  say,  of  age,  understanding,  at  liberty,  &c.  It  is  part 
of  the  civil  law,  or  rather  municipal  law,  of  every  country, 
to  fix  the  time  of  life  when  persons  are  supposed  capable 
of  transacting  their  own  affairs.  Some  time  must  be 
fixed,  otherwise  it  would  occasion  numberless  disputes, 
difficult  to  be  decided.  A  man  at  the  age  of  fourteen, 
and  a  woman  at  twelve,  may  choose  guardians,  who  can 
alienate  their  property,  and  at  the  age  of  twenty-one 
they  have  their  estate  wholly  in  their  own  hand. 

6.     Contracts  must  be  formal. 

The  laws  of  every  country  limit  a  great  many  circum- 
stances of  the  nature,  obligation,  extent  and  duration  of 
contracts. 

Having  pointed  out  something  of  the  essential  charac- 
ters of  all  lawful  contracts;  I  observe  they  may  be  di- 
vided two  different  ways,  ( i )  contracts  are  either  absolute 
or  conditional.  The  absolute  are  such  as  are  suspended 
upon  no  condition,  but  such  as  are  essential  to  every  con- 
tract, which  have  been  mentioned  above.  Such  as  when 
a  person  makes  a  settlement  upon  another,  without  re- 
serve, then  whether  he  behave  well  or  ill,  whether  it  be 
convenient  or  inconvenient,  it  must  be  fulfilled.  Con- 
ditional contracts  are  those  that  are  suspended  on  any 
uncertain  future  contingency,  or  some  performance  by 
the  opposite  party.    Of  this  last  sort  are  almost  all  trans- 


Moral  PJiilosophy  125 

actions  in  the  way  of  commerce, — which  leads  to  the  (2) 
way  of  dividing  contracts  into  beneficent  and  onerous. 
The  first  is  when  one  freely  brings  himself  under  an  ob- 
ligation to  bestow  any  favor  or  do  any  service,  as  dona- 
tions or  legacies,  and  undertaking  the  ofiice  of  guardian 
of  another  person's  estate. 

The  onerous  contract  is  when  an  equal  value  is  sup- 
posed to  be  given  on  both  sides,  as  is  the  case  for  the  most 
part  in  the  alienation  of  property — and  the  transactions 
between  man  and  man,  and  between  society  and  soci- 
ety. 

To  this  place  belongs  the  question  about  the  lawful- 
ness of  lending  money  upon  interest.  If  we  consider 
money  as  an  instrument  of  commerce  and  giving  an  op- 
portunity of  making  profit,  there  seems  plainly  to  be  noth- 
ing unjust,  that  the  lender  should  share  in  the  advantage 
arising  from  his  own  property. 

The  chief  thing  necessary  is  that  the  state  or  govern- 
ing part  of  the  society,  should  settle  the  rate  of  interest 
and  not  sufifer  it  to  depend  upon  the  necessity  of  the  poor 
or  the  covetousness  of  the  rich.  If  it  is  not  settled  by  law, 
usury  will  be  certain  consequence. 

The  law  of  Moses  does  not  seem  to  have  admitted  the 
taking  of  interest  at  all  from  an  Israelite.  It  is  thought 
however,  that  the  main  reason  of  this  must  have  been 
drawn  from  something  in  their  constitution  as  a  state, 
that  rendered  it  improper,  for  if  it  had  been  in  itself  im- 
moral they  would  not  have  been  permitted  to  take  it  of 
strangers. 


126  Moral  Philosophy 

Of  the  Marks  or  Sigfis  of  Contracts. 

All  known  and  intelligent^  marks  of  consent,  are  the 
signs  and  means  of  compleating  contracts.  The  chief  of 
these  however  are  words  and  writing,  as  being  found  the 
most  easy  and  useful.  Words  are  of  all  others  the  most 
natural  and  proper  for  giving  immediate  consent,  and 
writing  to  perpetuate  the  memory  of  the  transaction. 
There  are  however  many  other  signs  that  may  be  made 
use  of,  and  wherever  there  is  a  real  purpose  of  signify- 
ing our  intention  by  which  others  are  brought  to  depend 
upon  it,  the  engagement  is  real,  and  we  are  bound  in 
conscience,  though  the  law  in  every  country  must  of 
necessity  be  more  limited.  The  whole  rests  ultimately  on 
the  obligation  to  sincerity  in  the  social  life. 

This  obligation  arises  from  the  testimony  of  conscience, 
and  from  the  manifest  utility  and  even  necessity  of  sinceri- 
ty to  social  intercourse. 

Signs  are  divided  into  natural,  instituted  and  cus- 
tomary. Natural  signs  are  those  which  have  either  a  real 
likeness  to  the  thing  signified,  or  such  a  known  and  uni- 
versal relation  to  it,  that  all  men  must  naturally  be  led 
from  the  one  to  the  other — As  a  picture  is  a  natural  sign. 
because  a  representation  of  the  thing  painted.  An  in- 
flamed sullen  countenance  and  fiery  eyes,  are  natural  signs 
of  anger,  because  they  are  the  universal  effects  of  that 
Passion. 

Instituted  signs  are  those  that  have  no  other  connection 
with  the  thing  signified,  than  what  has  been  made  by 
agreement,  as  if  two  persons  shall  agree  between  them- 

*  The  MSS.  read  intelligible. 


Moral  Philosophy  127 

selves,  that  if  the  one  wants  to  signify  to  the  other  at 
a  distance,  that  he  wishes  him  to  come  to  his  assistance, 
he  will  kindle  a  fire  upon  a  certain  hill,  or  hang  out  a 
flag  upon  a  certain  pinnacle  of  his  house,  or  some  part  of 
his  ship.  Words  and  writing  are  properly  instituted 
signs,  for  they  have  no  relation  to  the  thing  signified 
but  what  original  agreement  and  long  custom  has  given 
them. 

Customaiy  signs  are  no  other  than  instituted  signs 
which  have  long  prevailed,  and  whose  institution  has 
either  been  accidental  or  has  been  forgotten.  It  is  also 
usual  to  apply  the  word  customary  to  such  signs  as  de- 
pend upon  the  mode  and  fashion  of  particular  countries. 
There  are  some  signs  and  postures,  which  though  they 
may  seem  perfectly  arbitrary  have  obtained  very  gen- 
erally, perhaps  universally,  as  bending  down  the  body,  or 
prostration,  as  a  sign  of  respect  and  reverence ;  kneeling 
and  lifting  up  the  hands  as  a  sign  of  submission  and  sup- 
plication.— Perhaps  both  these  are  natural,  as  they  put 
the  person  into  the  situation  least  capable  of  resistance. 

Sometimes  there  is  a  mixture  of  natural  and  instituted 
signs,  as  if  a  man  sends  a  pair  of  wings,  or  the  figure  of 
them,  to  a  friend,  to  intimate  his  danger  and  the  necessity 
of  flying. 

In  the  use  of  signs,  the  great  rule  of  sincerity  is,  that 
wherever  we  are  bound,  and  whatever  we  profess  to 
communicate  our  intention,  we  ought  to  use  the  signs  in 
the  least  ambiguous  manner  possible.  When  we  have  no 
intention,  and  are  under  no  obligation  to  communicate 
any  thing  to  others,  it  is  of  small  moment  what  appear- 


128  Moral  Philosophy 

ances  are ;  it  is  their  business  not  to  make  any  unnecessary 
or  uncertain  inferences.  A  light  in  a  house,  in  the  middle 
of  the  night,  will  perhaps  suggest  most  probably,  to  a 
traveller  accidently  passing,  that  there  is  somebody  sick  in 
that  house ;  yet  perhaps  it  is  extraordinary  study  or  busi- 
ness that  keeps  some  person  awake. 

Nay  when  there  is  no  obligation  to  give,  nor  any  rea- 
son for  the  party  to  expect  true  information,  it  is  held 
generally  no  crime  at  all,  to  use  such  signs  as  we  have 
reason  to  suppose  will  be  mistaken;  as  when  one  who 
does  not  desire  to  be  disturbed,  keeps  his  chamber  close 
shut,  that  people  may  conclude  he  is  not  there.  When 
a  general  of  an  army  puts  a  fire  in  the  camp,  to  con- 
ceal his  march  or  retreat.  And  probably  none  would 
think  it  faulty  when  there  was  an  apprehension  of  thieves, 
to  keep  a  light  burning  in  a  chamber  to  lead  them  to  sup- 
pose the  whole  family  is  not  at  rest. 

There  are  some  who  place  in  the  same  rank,  evasive 
phrases,  when  there  is  an  apparent  intention  to  speak 
our  mind,  but  no  right  in  the  other  to  obtain  it.  Such 
expressions  may  be  strictly  true,  and  yet  there  is  all  prob- 
ability that  the  hearer  will  misunderstand  them.  As  if 
one  should  ask  if  a  person  was  in  any  house,  and  should 
receive  for  answer,  he  went  away  yesterday  morning; 
when  perhaps  he  returned  the  same  evening.  I  look  upon 
these  evasions  however,  as  very  doubtful,  and  indeed, 
rather  not  to  be  chosen,  because  they  seem  to  contain  a 
profession  of  telling  our  real  mind. 

Some  mention  ironical  speech  as  an  exception  to 
the  obligation  to  sincerity.     But  it  is  properly  no  objec- 


Moral  Philosophy  1 29 

tion  at  all,  because  there  is  no  deception.  Truth  lies  not 
in  the  words  themselves,  but  in  the  use  of  them  as  signs. 
Therefore  if  a  man  speaks  his  words  in  such  a  tone  and 
manner  as  the  hearer  immediately  conceives  they  are  to 
be  taken  in  an  opposite  sense,  and  does  really  take  them 
in  the  sense  the  speaker  means  them,  there  is  no  falsehood 
at  all. 

Mr.  Hutchinson^  and  some  others  allow  a  voluntary 
intended  departure  from  truth,  on  occasion  of  some  great 
necessity  for  a  good  end.  This  I  apprehend  is 
wrong,  for  we  cannot  but  consider  deception  as  it  itself 
base  and  unworthy,  and  therefore  a  good  end  cannot 
justify  it.  Besides  to  suppose  it  were  in  men's  power  on 
a  sufficient  occasion  to  violate  truth,  would  greatly  des- 
troy its  force  in  general,  and  its  use  in  the  social  life. 

There  are  two  sorts  of  falsehood,  which  because  no 
doubt  they  are  less  aggravated  than  malicious  interested^ 
lies,  many  admit  of  but,  I  think  without  sufficient  reason. 

( 1 )  Jocular  lies,  when  there  is  a  real  deception  intend- 
ed, but  not  in  any  thing  material,  nor  intended  to  con- 
tinue long.  However  harmless  these  may  seem,  I  reckon 
they  are  to  be  blamed,  because  it  is  using  too  much  free- 
dom with  so  sacred  a  thing  as  truth.  And  very  often  such 
persons,  as  a  righteous  punishment  in  Providence,  are 
left  to  proceed  further,  and  either  to  carry  their  folly  to 
such  excess,  as  to  become  contemptible,  or  to  go  beyond 
folly  into  malice. 

(2)  Officious  lies,  telling  falsehoods  to  children,  or  sick 
persons  for  their  good.  These  very  seldom  answer  the 
end  that  is  proposed.     They  lessen  the  reverence   for 

•MS.  B  Hutcheson.    'MS.  C  intended. 


130  Moral  Philosophy 

truth;  and  particularly  with  regard  to  children,  are  ex- 
ceedingly pernicious,  for  as  they  must  soon  be  discover- 
ed, they  loose  their  force,  and  teach  them  to  deceive. 
Truth  and  authority  are  methods  infinitely  preferable  in 
dealing  with  children,  as  well  as  with  persons  of  riper 
years. 


LECTURE      XVI.i 
Of  Oaths  and  Vows. 

Among  the  sig^s  and  appendages  of  contracts,  are 
oaths  and  vows. 

An  oath  is  an  appeal  to  God,  the  searcher  of  hearts, 
for  the  truth  of  what  we  say,  and  always  expresses  or 
supposes  an  imprecation  of  his  judgment  upon  us,  if  we 
prevaricate. 

An  oath  therefore  implies  a  belief  in  God,  and  his 
Providence,  and  indeed  is  an  act  of  worship,  and  so 
accounted  in  Scripture,  as  in  that  expression,  Thou  shall 
fear  the  Lord  thy  God,  and  shalt  swear  by  his  name.  Its 
use  in  human  affairs  is  very  great,  when  managed  with 
judgment.  It  may  be  applied  and  indeed  has  been  com- 
monly used  ( I )  in  the  contracts  of  independent  states, 
who  have  no  common  earthly  superior.  In  ancient  times 
it  was  usual  always  to  close  national  treaties  by  mutual 
oaths.  This  form  is  not  so  common  in  modern  times,  yet 
the  substance  remains ;  for  an  appeal  is  always  supposed  to 
be  made  to  God,  against  the  breach  of  public  faith. 

(2.)    It  has  been  adopted  by  all  nations  in  their  admin- 

'MS.  A  Lecture  XVIII. 


Moral  Philosophy  i  :;  i 

istration  of  justice,  in  order  to  discover  truth.  The  most 
common  and  universal  appHcation  of  it  has  been  to  add 
greater  solemnity  to  the  testimony  of  witnesses.  It  is  also 
sometimes  made  use  of  with  the  parties  themselves,  for 
conviction  or  purgation.  The  laws  of  every  country  point 
out  the  cases  in  which  oaths  are  required  or  admitted  in 
public  judgment.  It  is  however  lawful  and  in  common 
practice,  for  private  persons,  voluntarily,  on  solemn  occa- 
sions, to  confirm  what  they  say,  by  oath.  Persons  enter- 
ing on  public  offices,  are  also  often  obliged  to  make  oath, 
that  they  will  faithfully  execute  their  trust. 

Oaths  are  commonly  divided  into  two  kinds,  asserta- 
tory  and  promissory —  Those  called  purgatory  fall  under 
the  first  of  these  divisions.  There  is  perhaps  little  neces- 
sity for  a  division  of  oaths,  for  they  do  not  properly  stand 
by  themselves ;  they  are  confirmations  and  appendages  of 
contracts,  and  intended  as  an  additional  security  for  sin- 
cerity in  the  commerce  between  man  and  man. 

Therefore  oaths  are  subject  to  all  the  same  regulations 
as  contracts;  or  rather  oaths  are  only  lawful,  when  they 
are  in  aid  or  confirmation  of  a  lawful  contract.  What 
therefore  voids  the  one,  will  void  the  other,  and  nothing 
else.  A  contract  otherwise  unlawful,  cannot  be  made 
binding  by  an  oath :  but  there  must  be  a  ver>'  great  cau- 
tion used  not  to  make  any  unlawful  contract,  much  less 
to  confirm  it  by  an  oath. 

It  is  easy  to  see  the  extreme  absurdity  of  our  being 
obliged  to  fulfil  a  criminal  engagement  by  oath,  for  it 
would  imply,  that  out  of  reverence  to  God  we  ought  to 
break  his  commands:  but  nothing  can  be  more  abomin- 


132  Moral  Philosophy 

able,  than  the  principle  of  those  who  think  they  may 
safely  take  an  unlawful  oath,  because  it  is  not  binding: 
this  is  aggravating  gross  injustice  by  deliberate  profanity. 

I  have  said  that  oaths  are  appendages  to  all  lawful  con- 
tracts; but  in  assertatory  oaths  which  are  only  confirma- 
tions of  our  general  obligation  to  sincerity,  it  is  necessary 
not  only  that  what  we  say  be  true,  but  that  the  occasion 
be  of  sufficient  moment  to  require  or  justify  a  solemn 
appeal  to  God.  Swearing  on  common  occasions  is  un- 
necessary, rash,  profane  and  destructive  of  the  solemnity 
of  an  oath  and  its  real  use. 

From  the  general  rule  laid  down,  that  oaths  are  lawful 
when  applied  to  lawful  contracts,  it  will  follow  that  they 
become  unlawful  only  when  the  fulfilling  of  them  would 
be  violating  a  perfect  right ;  but  perhaps  an  additional  ob- 
servation is  necessary  here.  Contracts  must  be  fulfilled, 
when  they  violate  an  imperfect  right ;  whereas  some  oaths 
may  be  found  criminal  and  void,  though  they  are  only 
contrary  to  imperfect  rights :  as  for  example,  some  per- 
sons bind  themselves  rashly  by  oath,  that  they  will  never 
speak  to  or  forgive  their  children  who  have  offended  them. 
This  is  so  evidently  criminal,  that  nobody  will  plead  for 
its  being  obligatory,  and  yet  it  is  but  the  violation  of  an 
imperfect  right.  The  same  persons  however,  might  in 
many  ways  alienate  their  property  to  the  prejudice  of  their 
children,  by  contracts  which  the  law  would  oblige  them 
to  fulfil. 

In  vows,  there  is  no  party  but  God  and  the  person 
himself  who  makes  the  vow :  for  this  reason,  Mr.  Hutch- 
inson^   relaxes  their  obligation  very  much — Supposing, 

'MS.  B  Hutcheson. 


Moral  Philosophy  133 

any  person  had  solemnly  vowed  to  give  a  certain  part  of 
his  substance  to  public  or  pious  uses,  he  says  if  he  finds  it 
a  great  inconvenience  to  himself  or  family,  he  is  not 
bound;  this  I  apprehend  is  too  lax.  Men  ought  to  be 
cautious  in  making  such  engagements ;  but  I  apprehend 
that  when  made,  if  not  directly  criminal,  they  ought  to 
be  kept. 

Of  the  use  of  Symbols  in  Contracts. 
Besides  promises  and  oaths,  there  is  sometimes  in  con- 
tracts a  use  of  other  visible  signs  called  symbols ;  the  most 
common  among  us  are  signing  and  sealing  a  written  deed. 
There  is  also,  in  some  places,  the  delivery  of  earth  and 
stone  in  making  over  land — and  sundry  others.^  In  an- 
cient times  it  was  usual  to  have  solemn  symbols  in  all  trea- 
ties— mutual  gifts — sacrifices — feasts — setting  up  pillars. 
— The  intention  of  all  such  things,  whenever  and  wherever 
they  have  been  practised  is  the  same.  It  is  to  ascertain 
and  keep  up  the  memory  of  the  transaction.  They  were 
more  frequent  and  solemn  in  ancient  times  than  now,  be- 
cause before  the  invention  of  writing  they  were  more 
necessary. 

Of  the  Value  of  Property. 
Before  we  finish  the  subject  of  contracts,  it  may  be 
proper  to  say  a  little  of  the  nature  and  value  of  property, 
which  is  the  subject  of  them.  Nothing  has  any  real  value 
unless  it  be  of  some  use  in  human  life,  or  perhaps  we 
may  say,  unless  it  is  supposed  to  be  of  use,  and  so 
becomes  the  object  of  human  desire — because  at  particu- 

^  MS.   C  omits  the  next  two  sentences,  In  ancient  times  .... 
is  the  same. 


1 34  Moral  Philosophy 

lar  times,  and  in  particular  places,  things  of  very  little 
real  importance  acquire  a  value,  which  is  commonly  tem- 
porary and  changeable.  Shells  and  baubles  are  of  great 
value  in  some  places;  perhaps  there  are  some  more* 
baubles  highly  valued  in  every  place. 

But  though  it  is  their  use  in  life  that  gives  things  their 
value  in  general,  it  does  not  follow  that  those  things  that 
are  of  most  use  and  necessity,  are  therefore  of  greatest 
value  as  property,  or  in  commerce.  Air  and  water,  per- 
haps we  may  add  fire,  are  of  the  greatest  use  and  ne- 
cessity ;  but  they  are  also  in  greatest  plenty,  and  therefore 
are  of  little  value  as  a  possession  or  property.  Value  is 
in  proportion  to  the  plenty  of  any  commodity,  and  the 
demand  for  it.  The  one  taken  in  the  inverse,  and  the 
other  in  the  direct  proportion. 

Hence  it  follows  that  money  is  of  no  real  value.  It  is 
not  wealth  properly,  but  the  sign  of  it,  and  in  a  fixed 
state  of  society  the  certain  means  of  procuring  it.  In 
early  times  traffic  was  carried  on  by  exchange  of  goods — 
but  being  large,  not  easily  divided  or  transported,  they  be- 
came very  troublesome.  Therefore  it  soon  became  nec- 
essary to  fix  upon  some  sign  of  wealth,  to  be  a  standard 
by  which  to  rate  different  commodities. 

Anything  that  is  fit  to  answer  the  purpose  of  a  com- 
mon sign  of  wealth,  must  have  the  following  properties : 
It  must  be  (i)^  valuable,  that  is,  have  an  intrinsic  com- 
mercial value,  and  rare,  otherwise  it  could  have  no  com- 
parative value  at  all.  (2.)  Durable,  otherwise  it  could  not 
pass  from  hand  to  hand.  (3.)  Divisible,  so  that  it  might 
be  in  larger  or  smaller  quantities  as  are  required.   (4.) 

*  MSS.  A  and  B  mere.    MS.  C  omits.    "'  The  MSS.  omit  to  rare. 


Moral  Philosophy  135 

Portable,  it  must  not  be  of  great  size,  otherwise  it  would 
be  extremely  inconvenient. 

Gold  and  silver  were  soon  found  to  have  all  these  prop- 
erties, and  therefore  are  fixed  upon  as  the  sign  of  wealth. 
But  besides  being  the  sign  of  the  value  of  other  commo- 
dities, they  themselves  are  also  matters  of  commerce,  and 
therefore  increase  or  decrease  in  their  value  by  their 
plenty  or  scarceness. 

It  may  seem  to  belong  to  the  ruling  part  of  any  society 
to  fix  the  value  of  gold  and  silver  as  signs  of  the  value 
of  commodities — and  no  doubt  they  do  fix  it  nominally 
in  their  dominions.  But  in  this  they  are  obliged  to  be 
strictly  attentive  to  the  value  of  these  metals  as  a  com- 
modity from  their  plenty  or  scarceness,  otherwise  their 
regulations  will  be  of  little  force — other  nations  will  pay 
no  regard  to  the  nominal  value  of  any  particular  country, 
and  even  in  internal  commerce  the  subject  would  fix  a 
value  upon  the  signs  according  to  their  plenty. 

It  is  as  prejudicial  to  commerce  to  make  the  nominal 
value  of  the  coin  of  any  country  too  small  as  too  great.* 

We  shall  close  this  part  of  the  subject  by  speaking  a 
little  of  the 

Rights  of  Necessity,  and  commoti  Rights. 

These  are  certain  powers  assumed  both  by  private  per- 
sons and  communities,  which  are  supposed  to  be  author- 
ised bv  the  necessity  of  the  case,  and  supported  by  the 
great  law  of  reason. 

There  will  remain  a  great  number  of  cases  in  which 
'Lecture  XIX  begin.s  here  in   MS.  A. 


136  Moral  Philosophy 

these  rights  of  necessity  are  to  be  used  even  in  the  best 
regulated  civil  society,  and  often'^  the  most  mature  de- 
liberation and  foresight  of  probable  events,  and  provision 
for  them  by  specific  laws. 

Were  a  man  perishing  with  hunger,  and  denied  food 
by  a  person  who  could  easily  afford  it  him,  here  the  rights 
of  necessity  would  justify  him  in  taking  it  by  violence. 
Were  a  city  on  fire,  and  the  blowing  up  of  an  house 
would  save  the  far  greater  part,  though  the  owner  was 
unwilling,  men  would  think  themselves  justified  in  do- 
ing it  whether  he  would  or  not.  Much  more  would  men 
in  cases  of  urgent  necessity  make  free  with  the  property 
of  others  without  asking  their  consent,  but  presuming 
upon  it. 

In  our  own  government,  where,  by  the  love  of  liberty 
general  among  the  people,  and  the  nature  of  the  constitu- 
tions as  many  particulars  have  been  determined  by  spe- 
cial laws  as  in  any  government  in  the  world — yet  in- 
stances of  the  rights  of  necessity  occur  every  day.  If  I 
see  one  man  rob  another  upon  the  highway,  or  am  in- 
formed of  it,  if  I  have  courage  and  ability  I  pursue  the 
robber,  and  apprehend  him  without  any  warrant,  and 
carry  him  before  a  magistrate  to  get  a  warrant  for  what  I 
have  already  done.  Nothing  is  more  common  in  Britain 
than  to  force  people  to  sell  their  inheritance  or  a  part 
of  it,  to  make  a  road  or  street  straight  or  commodious. 
In  this  instance  it  is  not  so  much  necessity  as  great  utility. 

The  question  of  the  greatest  moment  here  is,  whether 
the  establishing  these  rights  of  necessity  does  not  derogate 

'  The  MSS.  read  after,  and  it  is  so  corrected  in  the  subsequent  edi- 
tions. 


Moral  Philosophy  137 

from  the  perfection  and  immutability  of  the  moral  laws. 
If  it  be  true,  that  we  may  break  in  upon  the  laws  of  justice 
for  the  sake  of  utility,  is  not  this  admitting  the  ex- 
ploded maxim,  that  we  may  do  evil  that  good  may  come. 
I  answer,  that  these  rights  of  necessity  have  in  general 
property  as  their  object,  or  at  most  the  life  of  particular 
persons — and  it  seems  to  be  inseparable  from  the  estab- 
lishment of  property  in  the  social  state,  that  our  property 
is  to  be  held  only  in  such  manner,  and  to  such  a  degree,  as 
to  be  both  consistent  with,  and  subservient  to,  the  good 
of  others.  And  therefore  these  extraordinary  cases  are 
agreeable  to  the  tacit  or  implied  conditions  of  the  social 
contract. 

In  rights  of  necessity  we  are  to  consider  not  only  the 
present  good  or  evil,  but  for  all  time  to  come,  and  par- 
ticularly the  safety  or  danger  of  the  example.  Where  the 
repetition  of  the  thing  in  similar  circumstances  would 
have  a  fatal  effect,  it  ought  not  to  be  done.  If  a  city  were 
under  all  the  miseries  of  famine,  and  a  ship  or  two  should 
arrive  with  grain,  the  owner  of  which  would  not  sell  it 
but  at  a  most  exorbitant  price,  perhaps  equity  might  ad- 
mit that  they  should  be  compelled;  but  if  any  such  thing 
were  done  it  would  prevent  others  from  going  near  that 
place  again. 

It  would  be  of  no  consequence  to  determine  these  rights 
of  necessity  by  law.  If  the  law  described  circumstan- 
tially what  might  be  done,  it  would  be  no  longer  a  right 
of  necessity,  but  a  legal  right.  To  forbid  them  by  law 
would  be  either  ineffectual  or  it  would  abolish  them  alto- 
gether, and  deprive  the  society  of  the  benefit  of  them 


138  Moral  Philosophy 

when  the  cases  should  occur.  Things  done  by  the  rights 
of  necessity  are  by  supposition  illegal,  and  if  the  necessity 
does  not  excuse,  the  person  who  pretends  them  may  be 
punished.  If  I  am  aiding  in  pulling  down  a  man's  house 
on  pretence  of  stopping  a  fire,  if  he  afterwards  makes  it 
appear  that  there  was  not  the  least  occasion  for  it,  or  that 
I,  being  his  enemy,  took  the  opportunity  of  this  pretence 
to  injure  him,  he  will  obtain  reparation. 

As  property,  or  at  most  life  is  concerned  in  the  rights 
of  necessity — Still  the  moral  laws  continue  in  force. 
Whatever  expresses  an  evil  disposition  of  mind  does  not 
fall  under  the  rule,  because  it  can  never  be  necessary  to 
the  doing  of  any  good.  The  pretence  of  its  being  neces- 
sary in  some  cases  is  generally  chimerical,  and  even  were 
it  real,  the  necessity  could  not  justify  the  crime — as  sup- 
pose a  robber  very  profane  should  threaten  a  man  with 
death  unless  he  would  blaspheme  God  or  curse  his  par- 
ents, &c. 

There  are  certain  things  called  common  rights,  which 
the  public  is  supposed  to  have  over  every  member:  the 
chief  of  them  are  (i)  diligence.  As  a  man  must  eat 
the  community  have  a  right  to  compel  him  to  be  useful — 
and  have  a  right  to  make  laws  against  suicide.  (2.)  They 
have  a  right  to  the  discovery  of  useful  inventions,  pro- 
vided an  adequate  price  be  paid  to  the  discoverer.  (3.) 
They  have  a  right  to  insist  upon  such  things  as  be- 
long to  the  dignity  of  human  nature.  Thus  all  nations 
pay  respect  to  dead  bodies,  though  there  is  no  other  rea- 
son for  it  but  that  we  cannot  help  associating  with  the 
body,  even  dead,  the  ideas  which  arise  from  it,  and  be- 
longed to  the  whole  person  when  alive. 


Moral  Philosophy  139 

3.  The  third  and  last  object  of  civil  laws  is.  limiting- 
citizens  in  the  exercise  of  their  rights,  so  as  they  may 
not  be  injurious  to  one  another,  but  the  public  good  may 
be  promoted. 

This  includes  the  giving  directions  in  what  way  arts 
and  commerce  may  be  carried  on,  and  in  some  states 
extends  as  far  as  the  possessions  of  private  persons. 

It  includes  the  whole  of  what  is  called  the  police  of  a 
community. — the  manner  of  travelling,  building,  market- 
ing, time  and  manner  of  holding  all  sorts  of  assemblies — 
In  arts  and  commerce  particularly  the  police  shows  its 
power. 

It  will  only  be  necessary  here  to  make  a  few  remarks 
on  the  nature  and  spirit  of  those  laws. 

1.  Those  things  in  themselves  are  arbitrary  and  mu- 
table, for  there  is  no  morality  in  them  but  what  arises 
from  common  utility.  We  may  sometimes  do  things  in 
a  way  better  than  that  appointed  by  law,  and  yet  it  is  not 
allowed. 

2.  Men  in  general  have  but  a  very  light  sense  of  the 
malignity  of  transgressing  these  laws,  such  as  running^  of 
goods,  breaking  over  a  fence,  &c. 

3.  In  the  best  constitutions  some  sanctions  are  ap- 
pointed for  the  breach  of  these  laws.  Wherever  a  state  is 
founded  upon  the  principles  of  liberty,  such  laws  are 
made  with  severity  and  executed  with  strictness. 

Finally,  a  man  of  real  probity  and  virtue  adopts  these 
laws  as  a  part  of  his  duty  to  God  and  the  society,  and  is 
subject  not  only  for  wrath,  but  also  for  conscience  sake. 

"MS.  B  destroying.  MS.  C  ruining,  evidently  the  correct  read- 
ing, but  the  error  remains  in  all  the  editions. 


140  Moral  Philosophy 

RECAPITULATION. 

Having  gone  through  the  three  general  divisions  of 
this  subject,  Ethics,  PoHtics,  and  Jurisprudence,  I  shall 
conclude  with  a  few  remarks  upon  the  whole,  and  mention 
to  you  the  chief  writers  who  have  distinguished  them- 
selves in  this  branch  of  science. 

1.  You  may  plainly  perceive  both  how  extensive  and 
how  important  moral  philosophy  is.  As  to  extent,  each 
of  the  divisions  we  have  gone  through  might  have  been 
treated  at  far  greater  length.  Nor  would  it  be  unprofit- 
able to  enter  into  a  fuller  disquisition  of  many  points ;  but 
this  must  be  left  to  every  scholar's  inclination  and  oppor- 
tunities in  future  life.  Its  importance  is  manifest  from 
this  circumstance,  that  it  not  only  points  out  personal 
duty,  but  is  related  to  the  whole  business  of  active  life. 
The  languages,  and  even  mathematical  and  natural 
knowledge,  are  but  hard  words^  to  this  superior  science. 

2.  The  evidence  which  attends  moral  disquisitions  is 
of  a  different  kind  from  that  which  attends  mathematics 
and  natural  philosophy;  but  it  remains  as  a  point  to  be 
discussed,  whether  it  is  more  uncertain  or  not.  At  first 
sight  it  appears  that  authors  differ  much  more,  and  more 
essentially  on  the  principles  of  moral  than  natural  phil- 
osophy. Yet  perhaps  a  time  may  come  when  men,  treat- 
ing moral  philosophy  as  Newton  and  his  successors  have 
done  natural,  may  arrive  at  greater  precision.  It  is  al- 
ways safer  in  our  reasonings  to  trace  facts  upwards,  than 
to  reason  downwards  upon  metaphysical  principles.     An 

*The  MSS.  read  hand-maids,  an  obviously  correct  reading  not 
found,  however,  in  any  of  the  editions. 


Moral  Philosophy  141 

attempt  has  been  lately  made  by  Beatty,-  in  his  Essay  on 
Truth,  to  establish  certain  impressions  of  common  sense 
as  axioms  and  first  principles  of  all  our  reasonings  on 
moral  subjects. 

3.  The  differences  about  the  nature  of  virtue  are  not 
in  fact  so  great  as  they  appear :  they  amount  to  nearly  the 
same  thing  in  the  issue,  when  the  particulars  of  a  virtuous 
life  come  to  be  enumerated. 

4.  The  different  foundations  of  virtue  are  many  of 
them,  not  opposite  or  repugnant  to  each  other,  but  parts 
of  one  great  plan — as  benevolence  and  self-love,  &c. 
They  all  conspire  to  found  real  virtue :  the  authority  of 
God — the  dictates  of  conscience — public  happiness  and 
private  interest  all  coincide. 

5.  There  is  nothing  certain  or  valuable  in  moral  phil- 
osophy, but  what  is  perfectly  coincident  with  the  scrip- 
ture ;  where  the  glory  of  God  is  the  first  principle  of  action 
arising  from  the  subjection  of  the  creature — where  the 
good  of  others  is  the  great  object  of  duty,  and  our  own 
interest  the  necessary  consequence. 

In  the  first  dawn  of  philosophy,  men  began  to  write 
and  dispute  about  virtue.  The  great  inquiry  among  the 
ancients  was,  what  was  the  summimi  honiim  by  which  it 
seems  they  took  it  for  granted,  that  virtue  and  happiness 
were  the  same  thing.  The  chief  combatants  here,  were 
the  stoics  and  epicureans.  The  first  insisted  that  vir- 
tue was  the  summum  bonum,  that  pleasure  was  no  good, 
and  pain  no  evil :  the  other  said  that  the  summum  bonum 
consisted  in  pleasure,  or  rather  that  pleasure  was  virtue: 

'  MS.  A  does  not  contain  this  reference  to  James  Beattie's  "Essay". 


142  Moral  Philosophy 

the  academists  and  Platonists  went  a  middle  way  be- 
tween these. 

I  am  not  sensible  that  there  is  any  thing  among  the  an- 
cients, that  wholly  corresponds  with  the  modern  dispute 
upon  the  foundation  of  virtue. 

Since  the  disputes  arose  in  the  sixteenth  and  seven- 
teenth centuries,  some  of  the  most  considerable*  authors, 
chiefly  British  are,  Leibnitz,  his  Theodicaes  and  his  let- 
ters* Clark's  demonstration  and  his  letters.  Hutcheson's 
inquiries  into  the  ideas  of  beauty  and  virtue,  and  his  sys- 

^  MS.  C  laudable.  *  In  the  bibliography  that  follows,  MS.  C  cites 
by  name  Clarke,  Hutcheson,  Wollaston,  Collins,  Nettleton,  Hume, 
Kame,  Smith  and  Reid,  omitting,  however,  the  titles  of  their  works, 
and  proceeding  to  the  next  paragraph.  MSS.  A  and  B  also  end 
the  bibhography  with  Reid,  but  give  the  titles  of  works. 

In  order  to  permit  some  control  of  Dr.  Witherspoon's  authorities, 
it  has  seemed  worth  while  to  give  the  titles  and  first-edition  dates 
of  works  he  mentions,  editions  known  to  have  been  in  his  private 
library  being  so  indicated.  That  he  endeavored  to  be  catholic  and 
fair  in  his  biblio'graphy  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  Leibnitz,  Shaftes- 
bury, Collins,  Hutcheson  and  Hume  had  all  been  named  by  him  in 
his  satire  "Ecclesiastical  Characteristics"  in  the  catalogue  there 
drawn  up  ''of  the  most  necessary  and  useful  books,  the  thorough 
understanding  of  which"  would  make  a  "truly  learned  moderate 
man," — the  type  he   was  satirizing. 

Samuel  Clarke,  "Demonstration  of  the  being  and  attributes  of 
God,  more  particularly  in  answer  to  Mr.  Hobbs,  Spinoza,  and  their 
followers,"  etc.,  London,  1705.  His  "Discourse  concerning  the  being 
and  attributes  of  God,"  4th  edition,  London,  1716,  is  in  Wither- 
spoon's library  at  Princeton.  The  "Letters"  would  seem  to  be 
either  "Letters  written  in  1725  to  Dr.  Clarke  relating  to  an  argu- 
ment in  his  Demonstration  of  the  being  and  attributes  of  God,  with 
the  Doctor's  answers,"  London,  1745,  or  his  various  "Letters  to 
Mr.  Dodwell"  on  the  immortality  of  the  soul ;  Francis  Hutcheson, 
"Inquiry  into  the  original  of  our  ideas  of  beauty  and  virtue,"  Lon- 
don,   1725.   and   his   "System   of   moral    philosophy,"   London,    1725: 


Moral  Pkilusopiiy  143 

tern.  Wollaston's  religion  of  nature  delineated.  Collins 
on  human  liberty.  Nettleton  on  virtue  and  happiness. 
David  Hume's  essays.  Lord  Kaim's  essays.  Smith's 
theory  of  moral  sentiments.  Reed's  inquiry.  Balfour's 
delineation  of  morality.  Butler's  analogy  and  sermons. 
Balzuy's  tracts.  Theory  of  agreeable  sensations  from 
the  French.  Beatty  on  truth.  Essay  on  virtue  and  har- 
mony. 

To  these  may  be  added  the  whole  deistical  writers,  and 
the  answers  written  to  each  of  them  in  particular,  a  brief 
account  of  which  may  be  seen  in  Lelands  view  of  the 
deistical  writers.^ 

William  Wallaston,  "The  religion  of  nature  delineated,"  London, 
1722;  Anthony  Collins,  "Philosophical  inquiry  concerning  human 
liberty,"  London,  1717;  Thomas  Nettleton,  "Treatise  on  virtue  and 
happiness,"  London  (?)  1729;  David  Hume,  "Essays  moral  and 
political,"  Edinburgh,  1741 ;  Lord  Kames,  "Essay  on  the  principles 
of  morality  and  natural  religion,"  Edinburgh,  1751  (Witherspoon 
library)  ;  Adam  Smith,  "Theory  of  moral  sentiments,"  London, 
1759;  Thomas  Reid,  "Inquiry  into  the  human  mind  on  the  princi- 
ples of  common  sense,"  London,  1764  (4th  edition,  London,  1785, 
Witherspoon  library)  ;  James  Balfour,  "Delineation  of  the  nature 
and  obligation  of  morality,  with  reflexions  upon  Mr.  Hume's  book 
entitled  An  inquiry  concerning  the  principals  of  morals,"  Edin- 
burgh(?)  1753:  Joseph  Butler,  "The  analogy  of  religion,  natural 
and  revealed,  to  the  constitution  and  course  of  nature,"  London, 
1736;  and  his  "Fifteen  sermons,"  London,  1726,  (2d  edition,  Lon- 
don, 1729,  Witherspoon  library)  ;  John  Balguy,  "A  collection  of 
tracts,  moral  and  theological,  with  notes  and  a  supplement  concern-'' 
ing  rectitude,"  London,  1734;  L.  J.  Levesque  de  Pouilly.  "Theory 
of  agreeable  sensations  ...  to  which  is  subjoined  ...  a  dissertation 
on  harmony  of  stile.  Translated  from  the  French",  London,  1749 
(an  edition  was  published  at  Edinburgh  in  1766)  ;  James  Beattie, 
"Essay  on  the  nature  and  immutability  of  truth  in  opposition  to 
sophistry  and  scepticism,"  Edinburgh,  1770;  the  "Essay  on  virtue 
and  harmony"  has  eluded  identification. 


144  Moral  Philosophy 

Some  of  the  chief  writers  upon  government  and  poli- 
tics, are,  Grotius,  Puffendorf,  Barbyrac,  Cumberland, 
Selden,  Burlamaque,  Hobbs,  Machiavel,  Harrington, 
Locke,  Sydney,  and  some  late  books,  Montesquieu's  spirit 
of  laws;  Ferguson's  history  of  civil  society;®  Lord 
Kaime's  political  essays;  Grandeur  and  decay  of  the 
Roman  empire;  Montague's  rise  and  fall  of  ancient  re- 
publics; Goguet's  rise  and  progress  of  laws,  arts  and 
sciences. 

'  See  page  45,  Note  '2.    • 

•In  the  MSS.  the  bibliography  ends  here.  The  titles  and  dates  of 
the  "late  books"  are:  Montesquieu,  "Spirit  of  laws  .  .  .  translated  by 
Mrs.  Nugent,"  2d  edition,  2  vols.,  London,  1752;  Adam  Ferguson, 
"Essays  on  the  history  of  civil  society,"  London,  1766;  by  Lord 
Karnes'  "political  essays"  is  possibly  meant  his  "Essays  upon  several 
subjects  in  Law,"  etc.,  London,  1732;  Montesquieu,  "Reflections  on 
the  causes  of  the  grandeur  and  declension  of  the  Romans,"  London, 
1734  (Witherspoon  library)  ;  Edward  W.  Montagu,  "Reflections  on 
the  rise  and  fall  of  the  ancient  republicks.  Adapted  to  the  present 
state  of  Great  Britain,"  London,  1759;  A.  Y.  Goguet,  "Origin  of 
laws,  arts,  and  sciences.  From  the  French,"  3  vols.,  Edinburgh, 
1761   (Witherspoon  library.)